HK1218141B - Cell culture compositions with antioxidants and methods for polypeptide production - Google Patents
Cell culture compositions with antioxidants and methods for polypeptide production Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- HK1218141B HK1218141B HK16106171.0A HK16106171A HK1218141B HK 1218141 B HK1218141 B HK 1218141B HK 16106171 A HK16106171 A HK 16106171A HK 1218141 B HK1218141 B HK 1218141B
- Authority
- HK
- Hong Kong
- Prior art keywords
- cell culture
- culture medium
- polypeptide
- cells
- antibody
- Prior art date
Links
Description
相关专利申请的交叉引用Cross-references to Related Patent Applications
本申请要求2013年3月15日递交的美国临时申请系列号61/799,602的优先权,其内容特此完整地并入此处作为参考。This application claims priority to U.S. Provisional Application Serial No. 61/799,602, filed March 15, 2013, the contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference herein in their entirety.
发明领域Field of the Invention
本发明涉及包括抗氧化剂的细胞培养基,使用该培养基进行细胞培养和多肽生产的方法,以及包括由本文提供的方法所生产的多肽的组合物和试剂盒。The present invention relates to cell culture media comprising antioxidants, methods for cell culture and polypeptide production using the media, and compositions and kits comprising polypeptides produced by the methods provided herein.
背景技术Background Art
细胞培养生产技术被广泛用于生产基于蛋白质的产品,如治疗性蛋白质的药物制剂。基于蛋白质的产品,例如抗体产品的商业化生产,需要优化细胞培养参数,以便细胞产生足够的蛋白质产品来满足生产要求。然而,当优化细胞培养参数以提高蛋白质产品的生产率时,还需要保持该产品的期望品质属性,如糖基化谱,聚集物水平,电荷异质性以及氨基酸序列完整性(Li et al.,mAbs,2010,2(5):466-477)。另一个值得关注的品质属性是蛋白质产品的颜色。对于供人类使用的治疗产品的液体制剂,必须满足有关可接受颜色水平的监管要求(United States Pharmacopoeia Inc.,2000,p.1926-1927和Council ofEurope.European Pharmacopoeia,2008,7th Ed.p.22)。因此,生产具有可接受的颜色的蛋白产品是治疗性蛋白生产的一个重要方面。Cell culture production technology is widely used to produce protein-based products, such as pharmaceutical preparations of therapeutic proteins. The commercial production of protein-based products, such as antibody products, requires optimization of cell culture parameters so that cells produce enough protein products to meet production requirements. However, when optimizing cell culture parameters to improve the productivity of protein products, it is also necessary to maintain the desired quality attributes of the product, such as glycosylation profile, aggregate level, charge heterogeneity and amino acid sequence integrity (Li et al., mAbs, 2010, 2 (5): 466-477). Another quality attribute worthy of attention is the color of the protein product. For liquid formulations of therapeutic products for human use, regulatory requirements for acceptable color levels must be met (United States Pharmacopoeia Inc., 2000, p. 1926-1927 and Council of Europe. European Pharmacopoeia, 2008, 7 th Ed. p. 22). Therefore, producing protein products with acceptable color is an important aspect of therapeutic protein production.
最近向皮下递送诸如单克隆抗体的治疗性蛋白质的趋势伴随着所配制的蛋白物质的浓度增加,例如在约100mg/mL或以上的浓度(Daugherty et al.,Adv Drug DeliverRev,2006,58(5-6):686-706)。已经观察到组合物中治疗性蛋白质的增加量与组合物的颜色强度增加之间的相关性,导致这种关系的原因可能是:以前通过监控所配制产品的颜色强度的标准方法未能观察到的低水平的蛋白产品变体。The recent trend toward subcutaneous delivery of therapeutic proteins, such as monoclonal antibodies, has been accompanied by increasing concentrations of formulated protein materials, for example, at concentrations of about 100 mg/mL or more (Daugherty et al., Adv Drug Deliver Rev, 2006, 58(5-6):686-706). A correlation has been observed between increasing amounts of therapeutic protein in a composition and increasing color intensity of the composition, which may be due to low levels of protein product variants that were previously unobservable by standard methods of monitoring color intensity of the formulated product.
氧化是蛋白质药物的主要化学降解途径。例如,甲硫氨酸、半胱氨酸、组氨酸、色氨酸和酪氨酸由于其与活性氧类别(ROS)的反应性而是易于氧化的氨基酸残基,在药物蛋白质制剂储存期间常观察到该氧化。虽然已知细胞培养条件可以影响蛋白质产品的品质属性(如生产足够用于大规模制造的量),但尚不清楚这些条件对最终蛋白质产品的颜色强度的影响。Oxidation is a major chemical degradation pathway for protein pharmaceuticals. For example, methionine, cysteine, histidine, tryptophan, and tyrosine are amino acid residues that are susceptible to oxidation due to their reactivity with reactive oxygen species (ROS), and this oxidation is often observed during storage of pharmaceutical protein formulations. While it is known that cell culture conditions can affect the quality attributes of protein products (such as production of sufficient quantities for large-scale manufacturing), the impact of these conditions on the color intensity of the final protein product is unclear.
持续需要提供生产具有可接受的产品品质属性(例如颜色强度)的蛋白质(例如,抗体)的改进的且成本有效的方法。具有以较低的颜色强度始终如一地递送蛋白质产品、同时保持所需蛋白质浓度(例如,≥100mg/mL)的组分的细胞培养基,无论是化学不确定的或化学确定的,都可以用于蛋白质产品,例如抗体的开发中。There is a continuing need to provide improved and cost-effective methods for producing proteins (e.g., antibodies) with acceptable product quality attributes (e.g., color intensity). Cell culture media, whether chemically undefined or chemically defined, having components that consistently deliver protein products at lower color intensity while maintaining a desired protein concentration (e.g., ≥100 mg/mL) can be used in the development of protein products, such as antibodies.
发明概述SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
在一些方面,本发明提供培养包含编码多肽的核酸的细胞的方法,其中该方法包括使细胞与包含亚牛磺酸或其类似物或其前体的细胞培养基接触的步骤,其中相比于包含在不含亚牛磺酸或其类似物或前体的细胞培养基中培养的细胞所生产的多肽的组合物,包含亚牛磺酸或其类似物或前体的细胞培养基降低包含细胞所生产的多肽的组合物的颜色强度。在一些实施方案中,相比于包含在不含亚牛磺酸或其类似物或前体的细胞培养基中培养的细胞所生产的多肽的组合物,包含亚牛磺酸或其类似物或前体的细胞培养基使包含细胞所生产的多肽的组合物的颜色强度降低至少约0.1%。在一些实施方案中,相比于包含在不含亚牛磺酸或其类似物或前体的细胞培养基中培养的细胞所生产的多肽的组合物,包含亚牛磺酸或其类似物或前体的细胞培养基使包含细胞所生产的多肽的组合物的颜色强度降低约5%至约50%。在此的一些实施方案中,细胞培养基以至少约0.0001mM的浓度包含亚牛磺酸或其类似物或其前体。在此的一些实施方案中,细胞培养基以约0.0001mM至约500.0mM的浓度包含亚牛磺酸或其类似物或前体。在此的一些实施方案中,细胞培养基以约1.0mM至约40.0mM的浓度包含亚牛磺酸或其类似物或前体。在此的一些实施方案中,细胞培养基以约1.0mM至约10.0mM的浓度包含亚牛磺酸或其类似物或前体。在此的一些实施方案中,亚牛磺酸或其类似物或前体选自亚牛磺酸,s-羧甲基半胱氨酸,半胱胺,半胱亚磺酸和牛磺酸。在此的一些实施方案中,包含亚牛磺酸或其类似物或前体的细胞培养基是化学确定的细胞培养基。在此的一些实施方案中,包含亚牛磺酸或其类似物或前体的细胞培养基是化学不确定的细胞培养基。在此的一些实施方案中,包含亚牛磺酸或其类似物或前体的细胞培养基是基础细胞培养基。在此的一些实施方案中,包含亚牛磺酸或其类似物或前体的细胞培养基是补料细胞培养基。在此的一些实施方案中,细胞与包含亚牛磺酸或其类似物或前体的细胞培养基在细胞生长期相接触。在此的一些实施方案中,细胞与包含所述亚牛磺酸或其类似物或前体的细胞培养基在细胞生产期相接触。在此的一些实施方案中,亚牛磺酸或其类似物或前体在细胞培养周期的至少一天加入到细胞培养基中。在此的一些实施方案中,亚牛磺酸或其类似物或前体在14天的细胞培养周期的第0天加入到细胞培养基中。在此的任何实施方案中,亚牛磺酸或其类似物或前体可以在细胞培养周期的任一天添加到细胞培养基中。在此的一些实施方案中,细胞是哺乳动物细胞。在此的一些实施方案中,哺乳动物细胞是中国仓鼠卵巢(CHO)细胞。在此的一些实施方案中,多肽是抗体或其片段。In some aspects, the present invention provides a method of culturing cells comprising a nucleic acid encoding a polypeptide, wherein the method comprises contacting the cells with a cell culture medium comprising hypotaurine or an analog thereof or a precursor thereof, wherein the cell culture medium comprising hypotaurine or an analog thereof or a precursor thereof reduces the color intensity of a composition comprising the polypeptide produced by the cells compared to a composition comprising the polypeptide produced by cells cultured in a cell culture medium without hypotaurine or an analog thereof or a precursor thereof. In some embodiments, the cell culture medium comprising hypotaurine or an analog thereof or a precursor thereof reduces the color intensity of the composition comprising the polypeptide produced by the cells by at least about 0.1% compared to a composition comprising the polypeptide produced by cells cultured in a cell culture medium without hypotaurine or an analog thereof or a precursor thereof. In some embodiments, the cell culture medium comprising hypotaurine or an analog thereof or a precursor thereof reduces the color intensity of the composition comprising the polypeptide produced by the cells by about 5% to about 50% compared to a composition comprising the polypeptide produced by cells cultured in a cell culture medium without hypotaurine or an analog thereof or a precursor thereof. In some embodiments herein, the cell culture medium comprises hypotaurine or an analog thereof or a precursor thereof at a concentration of at least about 0.0001 mM. In some embodiments herein, the cell culture medium comprises hypotaurine, or an analog or precursor thereof, at a concentration of about 0.0001 mM to about 500.0 mM. In some embodiments herein, the cell culture medium comprises hypotaurine, or an analog or precursor thereof, at a concentration of about 1.0 mM to about 40.0 mM. In some embodiments herein, the cell culture medium comprises hypotaurine, or an analog or precursor thereof, at a concentration of about 1.0 mM to about 10.0 mM. In some embodiments herein, the hypotaurine, or an analog or precursor thereof, is selected from hypotaurine, S-carboxymethylcysteine, cysteamine, cysteinesulfinic acid, and taurine. In some embodiments herein, the cell culture medium comprising hypotaurine, or an analog or precursor thereof, is a chemically defined cell culture medium. In some embodiments herein, the cell culture medium comprising hypotaurine, or an analog or precursor thereof, is a chemically undefined cell culture medium. In some embodiments herein, the cell culture medium comprising hypotaurine, or an analog or precursor thereof, is a basal cell culture medium. In some embodiments herein, the cell culture medium comprising hypotaurine, or an analog or precursor thereof, is a feed cell culture medium. In some embodiments herein, the cells are contacted with a cell culture medium comprising hypotaurine or its analog or precursor during the cell growth phase. In some embodiments herein, the cells are contacted with a cell culture medium comprising the hypotaurine or its analog or precursor during the cell production phase. In some embodiments herein, hypotaurine or its analog or precursor is added to the cell culture medium on at least one day of the cell culture cycle. In some embodiments herein, hypotaurine or its analog or precursor is added to the cell culture medium on day 0 of a 14-day cell culture cycle. In any embodiments herein, hypotaurine or its analog or precursor can be added to the cell culture medium on any day of the cell culture cycle. In some embodiments herein, the cells are mammalian cells. In some embodiments herein, the mammalian cells are Chinese hamster ovary (CHO) cells. In some embodiments herein, the polypeptide is an antibody or a fragment thereof.
在其它方面,本发明提供培养包含编码多肽的核酸的细胞的方法,其中该方法包括使细胞与细胞培养基接触的步骤,其中细胞培养基包含组分(a)-(h)中的一种或多种:(a)亚牛磺酸;(b)s-羧甲基半胱氨酸;(c)肌肽;(d)鹅肌肽;(e)丁基化羟基苯甲醚;(f)硫辛酸;(g)槲皮苷水合物;及(h)氨基胍;并且其中相比于包含在不含所述组分(a)-(h)之一种或多种的细胞培养基中培养的细胞所生产的多肽的组合物,包含组分(a)-(h)之一种或多种的细胞培养基降低包含细胞所生产的多肽的组合物的颜色强度。在一些实施方案中,相比于包含由在不含所述组分(a)-(h)之一种或多种的细胞培养基中培养的细胞所生产的多肽的组合物,包含组分(a)-(h)之一种或多种的细胞培养基使包含细胞所生产的多肽的组合物的颜色强度降低0.1%。在一些实施方案中,相比于包含在不含所述组分(a)-(h)之一种或多种的细胞培养基中培养的细胞所生产的多肽的组合物,包含组分(a)-(h)之一种或多种的细胞培养基使包含细胞所生产的多肽的组合物的颜色强度降低约5%至约75%。在一些实施方案中,相比于包含在不含所述组分(a)-(h)之一种或多种的细胞培养基中培养的细胞所生产的多肽的组合物,包含组分(a)-(h)之一种或多种的细胞培养基使包含细胞所生产的多肽的组合物的颜色强度降低约5%至约50%。在此的一些实施方案中,包含组分(a)-(h)之一种或多种的细胞培养基以选自如下的量包括所述组分(a)-(h)之一种或多种:(a)至少约0.0001mM浓度的亚牛磺酸;(b)至少约0.0001mM浓度的s-羧甲基半胱氨酸;(c)至少约0.0001mM浓度的肌肽;(d)至少约0.0001mM浓度的鹅肌肽;(e)至少约0.0001mM浓度的丁基化羟基苯甲醚;(f)至少约0.0001mM浓度的硫辛酸;(g)至少约0.0001mM浓度的槲皮苷水合物;和(h)至少约0.0003mM浓度的氨基胍。在进一步的实施方案中,细胞培养基包含约2.0mM至约50.0mM的浓度的亚牛磺酸。在此的一些实施方案中,细胞培养基包含约8.0mM至约12.0mM的浓度的s-羧甲基半胱氨酸。在此的一些实施方案中,细胞培养基包含约8.0mM至约12.0mM的浓度的肌肽。在此的一些实施方案中,细胞培养基包含约3.0mM至约5.0mM的浓度的鹅肌肽。在此的一些实施方案中,细胞培养基包含约0.025mM至约0.040mM的浓度的丁基化羟基苯甲醚。在此的一些实施方案中,细胞培养基包含约0.040mM至约0.060mM的浓度的硫辛酸。在此的一些实施方案中,细胞培养基包含约0.010mM至约0.020mM的浓度的槲皮苷水合物。在一些实施方案中,细胞培养基包含约0.0003mM至约245mM的浓度的氨基胍。在一些实施方案中,细胞培养基包含约0.0003mM至约10mM的浓度的氨基胍。在此的一些实施方案中,细胞培养基是化学确定的细胞培养基。在此的一些实施方案中,细胞培养基是化学不确定的细胞培养基。在此的一些实施方案中,细胞培养基是基础细胞培养基。在此的一些实施方案中,细胞培养基是补料细胞培养基。在此的一些实施方案中,细胞与细胞培养基在细胞生长期接触。在此的一些实施方案中,细胞与细胞培养基在细胞生产期接触。在此的一些实施方案中,所述组分(a)-(h)之一种或多种在细胞培养周期的至少一天加入到细胞培养基中。在此的一些实施方案中,所述组分(a)-(h)之一种或多种在14天的细胞培养周期的第0天加入到细胞培养基中。在此的任何实施方案中,组分(a)-(h)之一种或多种可以在细胞培养周期的任一天添加到细胞培养基中。在此的一些实施方案中,其中细胞是哺乳动物细胞。在此的一些实施方案中,其中哺乳动物细胞是中国仓鼠卵巢(CHO)细胞。在此的一些实施方案中,其中多肽是抗体或其片段。In other aspects, the present invention provides a method of culturing a cell comprising a nucleic acid encoding a polypeptide, wherein the method comprises contacting the cell with a cell culture medium, wherein the cell culture medium comprises one or more of components (a)-(h): (a) hypotaurine; (b) s-carboxymethylcysteine; (c) carnosine; (d) anserine; (e) butylated hydroxyanisole; (f) lipoic acid; (g) quercetin hydrate; and (h) aminoguanidine; and wherein the cell culture medium comprising one or more of components (a)-(h) reduces the color intensity of a composition comprising the polypeptide produced by the cell, compared to a composition comprising the polypeptide produced by cells cultured in a cell culture medium without the one or more of components (a)-(h). In some embodiments, the cell culture medium comprising one or more of components (a)-(h) reduces the color intensity of the composition comprising the polypeptide produced by the cell by 0.1%, compared to a composition comprising the polypeptide produced by cells cultured in a cell culture medium without the one or more of components (a)-(h). In some embodiments, a cell culture medium comprising one or more of components (a)-(h) reduces the color intensity of a composition comprising a polypeptide produced by a cell by about 5% to about 75%, compared to a composition comprising a polypeptide produced by cells cultured in a cell culture medium without one or more of components (a)-(h). In some embodiments, a cell culture medium comprising one or more of components (a)-(h) reduces the color intensity of a composition comprising a polypeptide produced by a cell by about 5% to about 50%, compared to a composition comprising a polypeptide produced by cells cultured in a cell culture medium without one or more of components (a)-(h). In some embodiments herein, the cell culture medium comprising one or more of components (a)-(h) comprises one or more of the components (a)-(h) in an amount selected from the group consisting of: (a) hypotaurine at a concentration of at least about 0.0001 mM; (b) s-carboxymethylcysteine at a concentration of at least about 0.0001 mM; (c) carnosine at a concentration of at least about 0.0001 mM; (d) anserine at a concentration of at least about 0.0001 mM; (e) butylated hydroxyanisole at a concentration of at least about 0.0001 mM; (f) lipoic acid at a concentration of at least about 0.0001 mM; (g) quercetin hydrate at a concentration of at least about 0.0001 mM; and (h) aminoguanidine at a concentration of at least about 0.0003 mM. In further embodiments, the cell culture medium comprises hypotaurine at a concentration of about 2.0 mM to about 50.0 mM. In some embodiments herein, the cell culture medium comprises s-carboxymethylcysteine at a concentration of about 8.0 mM to about 12.0 mM. In some embodiments herein, the cell culture medium comprises carnosine at a concentration of about 8.0 mM to about 12.0 mM. In some embodiments herein, the cell culture medium comprises anserine at a concentration of about 3.0 mM to about 5.0 mM. In some embodiments herein, the cell culture medium comprises butylated hydroxyanisole at a concentration of about 0.025 mM to about 0.040 mM. In some embodiments herein, the cell culture medium comprises lipoic acid at a concentration of about 0.040 mM to about 0.060 mM. In some embodiments herein, the cell culture medium comprises quercetin hydrate at a concentration of about 0.010 mM to about 0.020 mM. In some embodiments, the cell culture medium comprises aminoguanidine at a concentration of about 0.0003 mM to about 245 mM. In some embodiments, the cell culture medium comprises aminoguanidine at a concentration of about 0.0003 mM to about 10 mM. In some embodiments herein, the cell culture medium is a chemically defined cell culture medium. In some embodiments herein, the cell culture medium is a chemically undefined cell culture medium. In some embodiments herein, the cell culture medium is a basal cell culture medium. In some embodiments herein, the cell culture medium is a feed cell culture medium. In some embodiments herein, the cells are contacted with the cell culture medium during the cell growth phase. In some embodiments herein, the cells are contacted with the cell culture medium during the cell production phase. In some embodiments herein, one or more of the components (a)-(h) are added to the cell culture medium on at least one day of the cell culture cycle. In some embodiments herein, one or more of the components (a)-(h) are added to the cell culture medium on day 0 of a 14-day cell culture cycle. In any embodiments herein, one or more of the components (a)-(h) can be added to the cell culture medium on any day of the cell culture cycle. In some embodiments herein, the cells are mammalian cells. In some embodiments herein, the mammalian cells are Chinese hamster ovary (CHO) cells. In some embodiments herein, the polypeptide is an antibody or a fragment thereof.
在一些方面,本发明还提供生产多肽的方法,包括在包含亚牛磺酸或其类似物或前体的细胞培养基中培养包含编码该多肽的核酸的细胞的步骤,并且其中相比于包含在不含亚牛磺酸或其类似物或前体的细胞培养基中培养的细胞所生产的多肽的组合物的颜色强度,包含亚牛磺酸或其类似物或前体的细胞培养基降低包含细胞所生产的多肽的组合物的颜色强度。在一些实施方案中,相比于包含在不含亚牛磺酸或其类似物或前体的细胞培养基中培养的细胞所生产的多肽的组合物,包含亚牛磺酸或其类似物或前体的细胞培养基使包含细胞所生产的多肽的组合物的颜色强度降低至少约0.1%。在一些实施方案中,相比于包含在不含亚牛磺酸或其类似物或前体的细胞培养基中培养的细胞所生产的多肽的组合物,包含亚牛磺酸或其类似物或前体的细胞培养基使包含细胞所生产的多肽的组合物的颜色强度降低约5%至约50%。在此的一些实施方案中,细胞培养基包含至少约0.0001mM浓度的亚牛磺酸或其类似物或前体。在此的一些实施方案中,细胞培养基包含约0.0001mM至约500.0mM浓度的亚牛磺酸或其类似物或前体。在此的一些实施方案中,细胞培养基包含约1.0mM至约40.0mM浓度的亚牛磺酸或其类似物或前体。在此的一些实施方案中,细胞培养基包含约1.0mM至约10.0mM浓度的亚牛磺酸或其类似物或前体。在此的一些实施方案中,亚牛磺酸或其类似物或前体选自亚牛磺酸,s-羧甲基半胱氨酸,半胱胺,半胱亚磺酸和牛磺酸。在此的一些实施方案中,细胞培养基是化学确定的细胞培养基。在此的一些实施方案中,细胞培养基是化学不确定的细胞培养基。在此的一些实施方案中,细胞培养基是基础细胞培养基。在此的一些实施方案中,细胞培养基是补料细胞培养基。在此的一些实施方案中,亚牛磺酸或其类似物或其前体在细胞培养周期的至少一天加入到细胞培养基中。在此的一些实施方案中,亚牛磺酸或其类似物或其前体在14天的细胞培养周期的第0天加入到的细胞培养基中。在此的任何实施方案中,亚牛磺酸或其类似物或其前体可以在细胞培养周期的任一天被添加到细胞培养基中。在此的一些实施方案中,细胞是哺乳动物细胞。在一些实施方案中,哺乳动物细胞是中国仓鼠卵巢(CHO)细胞。在此的一些实施方案中,多肽是抗体。在一些实施方案中,抗体是IgG1抗体。在一些实施方案中,抗体分泌到包含亚牛磺酸或其类似物或其前体的细胞培养基中。在一些实施方案中,该方法还包括从含有亚牛磺酸或其类似物或其前体的细胞培养基中回收多肽的步骤。在一些实施方案中,含有回收的多肽的组合物是液体组合物或非液体组合物。在一些实施方案中,含有回收的多肽的组合物显示为无色的或带轻微颜色的液体。In some aspects, the present invention also provides a method for producing a polypeptide, comprising culturing cells comprising a nucleic acid encoding the polypeptide in a cell culture medium comprising hypotaurine or an analog or precursor thereof, and wherein the cell culture medium comprising hypotaurine or an analog or precursor thereof reduces the color intensity of the composition comprising the polypeptide produced by the cells compared to the color intensity of the composition comprising the polypeptide produced by cells cultured in a cell culture medium without hypotaurine or an analog or precursor thereof. In some embodiments, the cell culture medium comprising hypotaurine or an analog or precursor thereof reduces the color intensity of the composition comprising the polypeptide produced by the cells by at least about 0.1% compared to the composition comprising the polypeptide produced by cells cultured in a cell culture medium without hypotaurine or an analog or precursor thereof. In some embodiments, the cell culture medium comprising hypotaurine or an analog or precursor thereof reduces the color intensity of the composition comprising the polypeptide produced by the cells by about 5% to about 50% compared to the composition comprising the polypeptide produced by cells cultured in a cell culture medium without hypotaurine or an analog or precursor thereof. In some embodiments herein, the cell culture medium comprises hypotaurine or an analog or precursor thereof at a concentration of at least about 0.0001 mM. In some embodiments herein, the cell culture medium comprises hypotaurine, or an analog or precursor thereof, at a concentration of about 0.0001 mM to about 500.0 mM. In some embodiments herein, the cell culture medium comprises hypotaurine, or an analog or precursor thereof, at a concentration of about 1.0 mM to about 40.0 mM. In some embodiments herein, the cell culture medium comprises hypotaurine, or an analog or precursor thereof, at a concentration of about 1.0 mM to about 10.0 mM. In some embodiments herein, the hypotaurine, or an analog or precursor thereof, is selected from hypotaurine, S-carboxymethylcysteine, cysteamine, cysteinesulfinic acid, and taurine. In some embodiments herein, the cell culture medium is a chemically defined cell culture medium. In some embodiments herein, the cell culture medium is a chemically undefined cell culture medium. In some embodiments herein, the cell culture medium is a basal cell culture medium. In some embodiments herein, the cell culture medium is a fed cell culture medium. In some embodiments herein, the hypotaurine, or an analog or precursor thereof, is added to the cell culture medium on at least one day during the cell culture cycle. In some embodiments herein, hypotaurine or its analog or its precursor is added to the cell culture medium on day 0 of a 14-day cell culture cycle. In any embodiment herein, hypotaurine or its analog or its precursor can be added to the cell culture medium on any day of the cell culture cycle. In some embodiments herein, the cell is a mammalian cell. In some embodiments, the mammalian cell is a Chinese hamster ovary (CHO) cell. In some embodiments herein, the polypeptide is an antibody. In some embodiments, the antibody is an IgG1 antibody. In some embodiments, the antibody is secreted into the cell culture medium comprising hypotaurine or its analog or its precursor. In some embodiments, the method further comprises the step of recovering the polypeptide from the cell culture medium containing hypotaurine or its analog or its precursor. In some embodiments, the composition containing the recovered polypeptide is a liquid composition or a non-liquid composition. In some embodiments, the composition containing the recovered polypeptide appears as a colorless or slightly colored liquid.
在一些方面,本发明提供生产多肽的方法,包括在细胞培养基中培养包含编码该多肽的核酸的细胞的步骤,其中该细胞培养基包含组分(a)-(h)之一种或多种:(a)亚牛磺酸;(b)s-羧甲基半胱氨酸;(c)肌肽;(d)鹅肌肽;(e)丁基化羟基苯甲醚;(f)硫辛酸;(g)槲皮苷水合物;及(h)氨基胍;并且其中相比于包含在不含所述组分(a)-(h)之一种或多种的细胞培养基中培养的细胞所生产的多肽的组合物,包含组分(a)-(h)之一种或多种的细胞培养基降低包含细胞所生产的多肽的组合物的颜色强度。在一些实施方案中,相比于包含在不含组分(a)-(h)之一种或多种的细胞培养基中培养的细胞所生产的多肽的组合物,包含所述组分(a)-(h)之一种或多种的细胞培养基使包含细胞所生产的多肽的组合物的颜色强度降低至少约0.1%。在一些实施方案中,相比于包含在不含组分(a)-(h)之一种或多种的细胞培养基中培养的细胞所生产的多肽的组合物,包含所述组分(a)-(h)之一种或多种的细胞培养基使包含细胞所生产的多肽的组合物的颜色强度降低约5%至约50%。在一些实施方案中,相比于包含在不含组分(a)-(h)之一种或多种的细胞培养基中培养的细胞所生产的多肽的组合物,包含所述组分(a)-(h)之一种或多种的细胞培养基使包含细胞所生产的多肽的组合物的颜色强度降低约5%至约75%。在此的一些实施方案中,细胞培养基以选自如下的量包含所述组分(a)-(h)之一种或多种:(a)至少约0.0001mM浓度的亚牛磺酸(b)至少约0.0001mM浓度的s-羧甲基半胱氨酸;(c)至少约0.0001mM浓度的肌肽;(d)至少约0.0001mM浓度的鹅肌肽;(e)至少约0.0001mM浓度的丁基化羟基苯甲醚;(f)至少约0.0001mM浓度的硫辛酸;(g)至少约0.0001mM浓度的槲皮苷水合物;和(h)至少约0.0003mM浓度的氨基胍。在一些实施方案中,细胞培养基包含约2.0mM至约50.0mM浓度的亚牛磺酸。在此的一些实施方案中,细胞培养基包含约8.0mM至约12.0mM浓度的s-羧甲基半胱氨酸。在此的一些实施方案中,细胞培养基包含约8.0mM至约12.0mM浓度的肌肽。在此的一些实施方案中,细胞培养基包含约3.0mM至约5.0mM浓度的鹅肌肽。在此的一些实施方案中,细胞培养基包含约0.025mM至约0.040mM浓度的丁基化羟基苯甲醚。在此的一些实施方案中,细胞培养基包含约0.040mM至约0.060mM浓度的硫辛酸。在此的一些实施方案中,细胞培养基包含约0.010mM至约0.020mM浓度的槲皮苷水合物。在一些实施方案中,细胞培养基包含约0.0003mM至约245mM浓度的氨基胍。在一些实施方案中,细胞培养基包含约0.0003mM至约10mM浓度的氨基胍。在此的一些实施方案中,细胞培养基是化学确定的细胞培养基。在此的一些实施方案中,细胞培养基是化学不确定的细胞培养基。在此的一些实施方案中,细胞培养基是基础细胞培养基。在此的一些实施方案中,细胞培养基是补料细胞培养基。在此的一些实施方案中,细胞与细胞培养基在细胞生长期相接触。在此的一些实施方案中,细胞与细胞培养基在细胞生产期相接触。在此的一些实施方案中,所述组分(a)-(h)之一种或多种在细胞培养周期的至少一天加入到细胞培养基中。在此的一些实施方案中,所述组分(a)-(h)之一种或多种在14天的细胞培养周期的第0天加入细胞培养基中。在此的任何实施方案中,所述组分(a)-(h)之一种或多种可以在细胞培养周期的任一天添加到细胞培养基中。在此的一些实施方案中,细胞是哺乳动物细胞。在一些实施方案中,哺乳动物细胞是中国仓鼠卵巢(CHO)细胞。在此的一些实施方案中,多肽是抗体或其片段。在一些实施方案中,抗体是IgG1抗体。在一些实施方案中,抗体被分泌到细胞培养基中。在此的一些实施方案中,该方法还包括从包含组分(a)-(h)之一种或多种的细胞培养基中回收多肽的步骤。在一些实施方案中,包含回收的多肽的组合物是液体组合物或非液体组合物。在一些实施方案中,包含回收的多肽的组合物显示为无色的或带轻微颜色的液体。在此处一些实施方案中,多肽可以通过此处所述的任何方法生产。In some aspects, the present invention provides a method of producing a polypeptide, comprising the step of culturing cells comprising a nucleic acid encoding the polypeptide in a cell culture medium, wherein the cell culture medium comprises one or more of components (a)-(h): (a) hypotaurine; (b) s-carboxymethylcysteine; (c) carnosine; (d) anserine; (e) butylated hydroxyanisole; (f) lipoic acid; (g) quercetin hydrate; and (h) aminoguanidine; and wherein the cell culture medium comprising one or more of components (a)-(h) reduces the color intensity of a composition comprising the polypeptide produced by the cells compared to a composition comprising the polypeptide produced by cells cultured in a cell culture medium without the one or more of components (a)-(h). In some embodiments, the cell culture medium comprising one or more of components (a)-(h) reduces the color intensity of the composition comprising the polypeptide produced by the cells by at least about 0.1% compared to a composition comprising the polypeptide produced by cells cultured in a cell culture medium without the one or more of components (a)-(h). In some embodiments, a cell culture medium comprising one or more of components (a)-(h) reduces the color intensity of a composition comprising a polypeptide produced by a cell by about 5% to about 50%, compared to a composition comprising a polypeptide produced by cells cultured in a cell culture medium without one or more of components (a)-(h). In some embodiments, a cell culture medium comprising one or more of components (a)-(h) reduces the color intensity of a composition comprising a polypeptide produced by a cell by about 5% to about 75%, compared to a composition comprising a polypeptide produced by cells cultured in a cell culture medium without one or more of components (a)-(h). In some embodiments herein, the cell culture medium comprises one or more of the components (a)-(h) in an amount selected from the group consisting of: (a) hypotaurine at a concentration of at least about 0.0001 mM; (b) s-carboxymethylcysteine at a concentration of at least about 0.0001 mM; (c) carnosine at a concentration of at least about 0.0001 mM; (d) anserine at a concentration of at least about 0.0001 mM; (e) butylated hydroxyanisole at a concentration of at least about 0.0001 mM; (f) lipoic acid at a concentration of at least about 0.0001 mM; (g) quercetin hydrate at a concentration of at least about 0.0001 mM; and (h) aminoguanidine at a concentration of at least about 0.0003 mM. In some embodiments herein, the cell culture medium comprises hypotaurine at a concentration of about 2.0 mM to about 50.0 mM. In some embodiments herein, the cell culture medium comprises s-carboxymethylcysteine at a concentration of about 8.0 mM to about 12.0 mM. In some embodiments herein, the cell culture medium comprises carnosine at a concentration of about 8.0 mM to about 12.0 mM. In some embodiments herein, the cell culture medium comprises anserine at a concentration of about 3.0 mM to about 5.0 mM. In some embodiments herein, the cell culture medium comprises butylated hydroxyanisole at a concentration of about 0.025 mM to about 0.040 mM. In some embodiments herein, the cell culture medium comprises lipoic acid at a concentration of about 0.040 mM to about 0.060 mM. In some embodiments herein, the cell culture medium comprises quercetin hydrate at a concentration of about 0.010 mM to about 0.020 mM. In some embodiments herein, the cell culture medium comprises aminoguanidine at a concentration of about 0.0003 mM to about 245 mM. In some embodiments herein, the cell culture medium comprises aminoguanidine at a concentration of about 0.0003 mM to about 10 mM. In some embodiments herein, the cell culture medium is a chemically defined cell culture medium. In some embodiments herein, the cell culture medium is a chemically undefined cell culture medium. In some embodiments herein, the cell culture medium is a basal cell culture medium. In some embodiments herein, the cell culture medium is a feed cell culture medium. In some embodiments herein, the cells are contacted with the cell culture medium during the cell growth phase. In some embodiments herein, the cells are contacted with the cell culture medium during the cell production phase. In some embodiments herein, one or more of the components (a)-(h) are added to the cell culture medium on at least one day of the cell culture cycle. In some embodiments herein, one or more of the components (a)-(h) are added to the cell culture medium on day 0 of a 14-day cell culture cycle. In any of the embodiments herein, one or more of the components (a)-(h) can be added to the cell culture medium on any day of the cell culture cycle. In some embodiments herein, the cells are mammalian cells. In some embodiments, the mammalian cells are Chinese hamster ovary (CHO) cells. In some embodiments herein, the polypeptide is an antibody or a fragment thereof. In some embodiments, the antibody is an IgG1 antibody. In some embodiments, the antibody is secreted into the cell culture medium. In some embodiments herein, the method further comprises the step of recovering the polypeptide from the cell culture medium comprising one or more of the components (a)-(h). In some embodiments, the composition comprising the recovered polypeptide is a liquid composition or a non-liquid composition. In some embodiments, the composition comprising the recovered polypeptide appears as a colorless or slightly colored liquid.In some embodiments herein, the polypeptide can be produced by any of the methods described herein.
在一些方面,本发明提供药物组合物,其包含通过本文所述的任何方法生产的多肽和药学上可接受的载体。In some aspects, the invention provides pharmaceutical compositions comprising a polypeptide produced by any of the methods described herein and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
在一些方面,本发明提供用于向细胞培养基补充化学确定的组分的试剂盒,该试剂盒包括至少约0.0001mM浓度的亚牛磺酸或其类似物或前体,并且其中所述亚牛磺酸或其类似物或前体选自由亚牛磺酸,s-羧甲基半胱氨酸,半胱胺,半胱亚磺酸和牛磺酸组成的组。In some aspects, the present invention provides a kit for supplementing a cell culture medium with a chemically defined component, the kit comprising hypotaurine or an analog or precursor thereof at a concentration of at least about 0.0001 mM, and wherein the hypotaurine or an analog or precursor thereof is selected from the group consisting of hypotaurine, s-carboxymethylcysteine, cysteamine, cysteinesulfinic acid, and taurine.
在其它方面,本发明还提供用于向细胞培养基补充化学确定的组分的试剂盒,所述试剂盒包含以下之一种或多种:(a)亚牛磺酸,其量为可以在细胞培养基中提供至少约0.0001mM的亚牛磺酸;(b)s-羧甲基半胱氨酸,其量为可以在细胞培养基中提供至少约0.0001mM的s-羧甲基半胱氨酸;(c)肌肽,其量为可以在细胞培养基中提供至少约0.0001mM的肌肽;(d)鹅肌肽,其量为可以在细胞培养基中提供至少约0.0001mM的鹅肌肽;(e)丁基化羟基苯甲醚,其量为可以在细胞培养基中提供至少约0.0001mM的丁基化羟基苯甲醚;(f)硫辛酸,其量为可以在细胞培养基中提供至少约0.0001mM的硫辛酸;(g)槲皮苷水合物,其量为可以在细胞培养基中提供至少约0.0001mM的槲皮苷水合物;及(h)氨基胍,其量为可以在细胞培养基中提供至少约0.0003mM的氨基胍。In other aspects, the present invention also provides a kit for supplementing a cell culture medium with a chemically defined component, the kit comprising one or more of the following: (a) hypotaurine in an amount to provide at least about 0.0001 mM hypotaurine in the cell culture medium; (b) s-carboxymethylcysteine in an amount to provide at least about 0.0001 mM s-carboxymethylcysteine in the cell culture medium; (c) carnosine in an amount to provide at least about 0.0001 mM carnosine in the cell culture medium; (d) anserine in an amount to provide at least about 0.0001 mM carnosine in the cell culture medium; (e) butylated hydroxyanisole in an amount to provide at least about 0.0001 mM of anserine in the cell culture medium; (f) lipoic acid in an amount to provide at least about 0.0001 mM of lipoic acid in the cell culture medium; (g) quercetin hydrate in an amount to provide at least about 0.0001 mM of quercetin hydrate in the cell culture medium; and (h) aminoguanidine in an amount to provide at least about 0.0003 mM of aminoguanidine in the cell culture medium.
在一些方面,本发明提供一种细胞培养基,其包含至少约0.0001mM的、选自由亚牛磺酸,s-羧甲基半胱氨酸,半胱胺,半胱亚磺酸和牛磺酸组成的组的、亚牛磺酸或其类似物或前体。In some aspects, the present invention provides a cell culture medium comprising at least about 0.0001 mM hypotaurine or an analog or precursor thereof selected from the group consisting of hypotaurine, s-carboxymethylcysteine, cysteamine, cysteinesulfinic acid, and taurine.
在本发明的其他方面,提供包含组分(a)-(h)之一种或多种的细胞培养基:(a)至少约0.0001mM的亚牛磺酸;(b)至少约0.0001mM的s-羧甲基半胱氨酸;(c)至少约0.0001mM的肌肽;(d)至少约0.0001mM的鹅肌肽;(e)至少约0.0001mM的丁基化羟基苯甲醚;(f)至少约0.0001mM的硫辛酸;(g)至少约0.0001mM的槲皮苷水合物;和(h)至少约0.0003mM的氨基胍。In other aspects of the invention, a cell culture medium is provided comprising one or more of components (a)-(h): (a) at least about 0.0001 mM hypotaurine; (b) at least about 0.0001 mM s-carboxymethylcysteine; (c) at least about 0.0001 mM carnosine; (d) at least about 0.0001 mM anserine; (e) at least about 0.0001 mM butylated hydroxyanisole; (f) at least about 0.0001 mM lipoic acid; (g) at least about 0.0001 mM quercetin hydrate; and (h) at least about 0.0003 mM aminoguanidine.
在一些方面,本发明提供一种组合物,其包含:(a)包含编码多肽的核酸的细胞;和(b)本文所述的任何细胞培养基。In some aspects, the invention provides a composition comprising: (a) a cell comprising a nucleic acid encoding a polypeptide; and (b) any of the cell culture media described herein.
在本发明的一些方面,提供一种组合物,其包含:(a)多肽;和(b)本文所述的任何细胞培养基。在一些实施方案中,所述多肽由包含编码该多肽的核酸的细胞分泌到细胞培养基中。In some aspects of the present invention, a composition is provided comprising: (a) a polypeptide; and (b) any cell culture medium described herein. In some embodiments, the polypeptide is secreted into the cell culture medium by a cell comprising a nucleic acid encoding the polypeptide.
本说明书被认为足以使本领域的技术人员实践本发明。除了那些本文所示和描述的内容以外,对于本领域技术人员,基于前述描述,本发明的各种修饰将是显而易见的,并且落入所附权利要求书的范围内。本文引用的所有出版物、专利和专利申请在此出于所有目的通过引用而全部地并入本文作为参考。This description is considered sufficient to enable one skilled in the art to practice the invention. Various modifications of the invention in addition to those shown and described herein will be apparent to those skilled in the art based on the foregoing description and fall within the scope of the appended claims. All publications, patents, and patent applications cited herein are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety for all purposes.
附图简述BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
图1显示,基于在含有抗体的代表性细胞培养基中对颜色强度的影响而筛选的代表性化合物。数值结果相对于阳性对照标化,其中阳性对照的值设定为0%的颜色强度变化。高于0%的值表示增加的颜色强度。低于0%的值表示减小的颜色强度。Figure 1 shows representative compounds screened based on their effect on color intensity in representative cell culture media containing the antibody. Numerical results are normalized to a positive control, which was set to a 0% change in color intensity. Values above 0% indicate increased color intensity. Values below 0% indicate decreased color intensity.
图2是图1的子图,示出在含有抗体的代表性细胞培养基中减小颜色强度的化合物。数值结果相对于阳性对照标化,其中阳性对照的值设定为0%的颜色强度变化。低于0%的值表示减小的颜色强度。Figure 2 is a subgraph of Figure 1 showing compounds that reduce color intensity in a representative cell culture medium containing an antibody. Numerical results are normalized to a positive control, where the value of the positive control is set to 0% color intensity change. Values below 0% indicate reduced color intensity.
图3是一系列曲线图,示出摇瓶细胞培养模型与对应的较大规模的2L细胞培养模型相当。A)通过活细胞密度(VCC)测量的在孵育持续期间培养物中的细胞生长,表示为每细胞培养物体积的细胞数。B)通过活细胞数量测量的在孵育持续期间细胞培养物中的细胞生存力,其表示为细胞总数的百分比。C)通过高效液相色谱法测量的在孵育持续期间在细胞培养物中的抗体生产,其表示为抗体滴度。SF表示摇瓶细胞培养模型。2L表示更大规模细胞培养模型。Fig. 3 is a series of curve graphs showing that the shake flask cell culture model is comparable to the corresponding larger 2L cell culture model. A) Cell growth in the culture during the incubation period measured by viable cell density (VCC) is expressed as the number of cells per cell culture volume. B) Cell viability in the cell culture during the incubation period measured by viable cell number is expressed as the percentage of total cells. C) Antibody production in the cell culture during the incubation period measured by HPLC is expressed as antibody titer. SF represents the shake flask cell culture model. 2L represents a larger scale cell culture model.
图4是一系列曲线图,示出向细胞培养基中添加亚牛磺酸并不损害细胞生长、细胞生存力或抗体生产。A)通过VCC测量的在孵育持续期间在培养物中的细胞生长,并表示为每细胞培养物体积的细胞数。B)通过活细胞数量测量的在孵育持续期间在细胞培养物中的细胞生存力,其表示为细胞总数的百分比。C)通过高效液相色谱法测量的在孵育持续期间在细胞培养物中的抗体生产,其表示为抗体滴度。FIG4 is a series of graphs showing that the addition of hypotaurine to cell culture media does not impair cell growth, cell viability, or antibody production. A) Cell growth in culture during the incubation period as measured by VCC and expressed as the number of cells per cell culture volume. B) Cell viability in cell culture during the incubation period as measured by viable cell count as a percentage of the total number of cells. C) Antibody production in cell culture during the incubation period as measured by HPLC as expressed as antibody titer.
图5示出从补充了亚牛磺酸的培养基中生长的细胞培养物分离的抗体组合物的颜色强度。100%,50%或25%分别表示补充有9.16mM,4.58mM或2.29mM亚牛磺酸的基础培养基1。实心圆表示细胞培养实验的颜色强度值。空心圆表示孵育筛选实验的颜色强度值。数值结果相对于阳性对照标化,其中阳性对照的值设定为0%的颜色强度变化。低于0%的值表示减小的颜色强度。Figure 5 shows the color intensity of antibody compositions isolated from cell cultures grown in medium supplemented with hypotaurine. 100%, 50%, or 25% represent Basal Medium 1 supplemented with 9.16 mM, 4.58 mM, or 2.29 mM hypotaurine, respectively. Filled circles represent color intensity values from cell culture experiments. Open circles represent color intensity values from incubation screening experiments. Numerical results are normalized to a positive control, where the value of the positive control was set to 0% color intensity change. Values below 0% indicate decreased color intensity.
图6示出从补充了亚牛磺酸的培养基中生长的细胞培养物中分离的抗体组合物的颜色强度。3X,2X或1X分别表示补充有38.85mM,25.9mM或12.95mM亚牛磺酸的基础培养基3。实心圆表示细胞培养实验的颜色强度值。数值结果相对于阳性对照标化,其中阳性对照的值设定为0%的颜色强度变化。低于0%的值表示减小的颜色强度。Figure 6 shows the color intensity of antibody compositions isolated from cell cultures grown in medium supplemented with hypotaurine. 3X, 2X, or 1X represent Basal Medium 3 supplemented with 38.85 mM, 25.9 mM, or 12.95 mM hypotaurine, respectively. Solid circles represent color intensity values for cell culture experiments. Numerical results are normalized to a positive control, where the value of the positive control was set to 0% color intensity change. Values below 0% indicate decreased color intensity.
图7包含的曲线图示出向培养基中加入亚牛磺酸或羧甲基半胱氨酸并不损害细胞生长或细胞生存力。A)通过VCC测量的在孵育持续期间在培养物中的细胞生长,并表示为每细胞培养物体积的细胞数。B)在孵育持续期间在培养物中的细胞生存力,其表示为总培养物体积的百分比。FIG7 contains graphs showing that the addition of hypotaurine or carboxymethylcysteine to the culture medium does not impair cell growth or cell viability. A) Cell growth in culture during the duration of incubation as measured by VCC and expressed as the number of cells per cell culture volume. B) Cell viability in culture during the duration of incubation as a percentage of the total culture volume.
图8示出向培养基中加入亚牛磺酸或羧甲基半胱氨酸并未显著降低抗体生产。通过高效液相色谱法测量在孵育持续期间在细胞培养物中的抗体生产,其表示为抗体滴度。Figure 8 shows that addition of hypotaurine or carboxymethylcysteine to the culture medium did not significantly reduce antibody production.Antibody production in the cell cultures was measured by high performance liquid chromatography over the duration of the incubation period and is expressed as antibody titer.
图9示出从补充了亚牛磺酸或羧甲基半胱氨酸的培养基中生长的细胞培养物中分离的抗体组合物的颜色强度。A和B)表示用于测量颜色强度的两种不同颜色测定法。数值结果相对于阳性对照标化,其中阳性对照的值设定为0%的颜色强度变化。低于0%的值表示减小的颜色强度。FIG9 shows the color intensity of antibody compositions isolated from cell cultures grown in medium supplemented with hypotaurine or carboxymethylcysteine. A and B) represent two different colorimetric assays used to measure color intensity. Numerical results are normalized to a positive control, where the value of the positive control is set to a 0% change in color intensity. Values below 0% indicate decreased color intensity.
图10示出,在补充有牛磺酸、肌肽、氨基胍、阴性对照或阳性对照的培养基中,分离自细胞培养物的抗体组合物的相对颜色强度。Figure 10 shows the relative color intensity of antibody compositions isolated from cell cultures in medium supplemented with taurine, carnosine, aminoguanidine, a negative control, or a positive control.
发明详述Detailed Description of the Invention
I.定义I. Definition
术语“培养基”和“细胞培养基”指用于生长或维持细胞的营养源。本领域技术人员明了,该营养源可以含有细胞生长和/或生存所必需的成分,或可以含有帮助细胞生长和/或生存的成分。维生素、必需或非必需氨基酸、和痕量元素是培养基成分的例子。The terms "culture medium" and "cell culture medium" refer to a nutrient source used to grow or maintain cells. As will be appreciated by those skilled in the art, the nutrient source can contain components necessary for cell growth and/or survival, or can contain components that aid in cell growth and/or survival. Vitamins, essential or nonessential amino acids, and trace elements are examples of culture medium components.
“化学确定的细胞培养基”或“CDM”是具有明确组成的培养基,其不含动物或植物来源的产品,例如,动物血清和植物蛋白胨。本领域技术人员明了,CDM可以用于多肽生产过程中,其中细胞与CDM接触并将多肽分泌至CDM中。因此,可以理解,组合物可以含有CDM和多肽产品,多肽产品的存在并不造成CDM是化学不确定的。A "chemically defined cell culture medium" or "CDM" is a culture medium with a well-defined composition that is free of products of animal or plant origin, such as animal serum and plant peptones. Those skilled in the art will appreciate that a CDM can be used in a polypeptide production process, wherein cells are contacted with the CDM and secrete the polypeptide into the CDM. Thus, it will be understood that a composition can contain a CDM and a polypeptide product, and the presence of the polypeptide product does not render the CDM chemically undefined.
“化学不确定的细胞培养基”指这样的培养基,该培养基的化学组成不能被明确,其可含有一种或多种动物或植物来源的产品例如动物血清和植物蛋白胨。本领域技术人员明了,化学不确定的细胞培养基可含有动物或植物来源的产品作为营养源。A "chemically undefined cell culture medium" refers to a culture medium whose chemical composition cannot be determined, which may contain one or more products of animal or plant origin, such as animal serum and plant peptone. It will be appreciated by those skilled in the art that a chemically undefined cell culture medium may contain products of animal or plant origin as nutrient sources.
“培养”细胞指在适于细胞生存和/或生长和/或增殖的条件下使细胞接触细胞培养基。"Culturing" cells means contacting the cells with a cell culture medium under conditions suitable for the survival and/or growth and/or proliferation of the cells.
“分批培养”指这样的培养,其中用于细胞培养的所有成分(包括细胞和所有培养营养物)均在该培养过程的开头加入培养容器。"Batch culture" refers to a culture in which all components for cell culture (including cells and all culture nutrients) are added to the culture vessel at the beginning of the culture process.
如本文所用,短语“补料分批细胞培养”指这样的分批培养,其中在开始时向培养容器提供细胞和培养基,在培养过程中向培养物中连续地或以不连续增加的方式补料其它的培养营养物,在培养终止前可以有或无周期性的细胞和/或产物收获。As used herein, the phrase "fed-batch cell culture" refers to a batch culture in which cells and culture medium are initially supplied to a culture vessel, and other culture nutrients are fed to the culture continuously or in discontinuous additions during the course of the culture, with or without periodic harvesting of cells and/or product before termination of the culture.
“灌流培养”是这样的培养,其中通过例如过滤、囊化、锚着在微载体上等方式,将细胞限制在培养基中,并连续地或间歇地向培养容器中引入和移出培养基。"Perfusion culture" is a culture in which cells are confined in culture medium by, for example, filtration, encapsulation, anchoring on microcarriers, etc., and the culture medium is continuously or intermittently introduced into and removed from the culture vessel.
“培养容器”指用于培养细胞的容器。培养容器可以是任何尺寸,只要其可以用于培养细胞即可。The "culture vessel" refers to a vessel for culturing cells. The culture vessel may be of any size as long as it can be used for culturing cells.
如本文所用,“亚牛磺酸类似物”是指结构上类似于亚牛磺酸,但化学组成不同于亚牛磺酸(例如,亚牛磺酸核上的官能团或取代基的数量、位置或化学性质不同)的化学化合物。亚牛磺酸类似物与亚牛磺酸可以具有或可以不具有不同的化学或物理性质,并且相比于亚牛磺酸在细胞培养基中可以具有或可以没有提高的活性,例如,相比于亚牛磺酸,进一步降低在细胞培养基中产生的多肽(例如,抗体)的颜色强度。例如,相比于亚牛磺酸,亚牛磺酸类似物可以是更亲水性的或可以具有改变的反应性。亚牛磺酸类似物可模仿亚牛磺酸的化学和/或生物活性(即,它可以具有相似或相同的活性),或者,在某些情况下,相比于亚牛磺酸可以具有增加或降低的活性。As used herein, "hypotaurine analogues" refer to chemical compounds that are structurally similar to hypotaurine, but whose chemical composition differs from that of hypotaurine (e.g., the number, position, or chemical nature of the functional groups or substituents on the hypotaurine core differs). Hypotaurine analogues may or may not have different chemical or physical properties than hypotaurine, and may or may not have increased activity in cell culture medium compared to hypotaurine, for example, further reducing the color intensity of a polypeptide (e.g., an antibody) produced in cell culture medium compared to hypotaurine. For example, a hypotaurine analogue may be more hydrophilic or may have altered reactivity compared to hypotaurine. A hypotaurine analogue may mimic the chemical and/or biological activity of hypotaurine (i.e., it may have similar or identical activity), or, in some cases, may have increased or decreased activity compared to hypotaurine.
术语“滴度”在本文中用于指,细胞培养物产生的重组表达多肽的总量除以给定量的培养基体积。滴度典型地以mg多肽/ml培养基的单位表达。The term "titer" is used herein to refer to the total amount of recombinantly expressed polypeptide produced by a cell culture divided by a given amount of culture medium volume. Titer is typically expressed in units of mg polypeptide/ml culture medium.
“核酸”,在本文中可互换使用,指任何长度的核苷酸聚合物,包括DNA和RNA。核苷酸可以是脱氧核糖核苷酸、核糖核苷酸、修饰的核苷酸或碱基、和/或它们的类似物、或可以通过DNA或RNA聚合物或通过合成反应而掺入聚合物中的任何底物。多核苷酸可以包含修饰的核苷酸,例如甲基化的核苷酸及其类似物。如果存在修饰的话,对核苷酸结构的修饰可以发生在聚合物组装之前或之后。"Nucleic acid," as used interchangeably herein, refers to polymers of nucleotides of any length, including DNA and RNA. Nucleotides can be deoxyribonucleotides, ribonucleotides, modified nucleotides or bases, and/or their analogs, or any substrate that can be incorporated into a polymer by DNA or RNA polymers or by synthetic reactions. Polynucleotides can contain modified nucleotides, such as methylated nucleotides and their analogs. Modifications to the nucleotide structure, if any, can occur before or after polymer assembly.
“分离的核酸”指并涵盖非天然发生的、重组的或天然发生的序列,该序列不处于其通常的环境中或者是从其通常的环境中分离的。分离的核酸分子的存在形式或环境不同于其在自然界中的存在形式或环境。因此,分离的核酸分子可以区别于存在于天然细胞中时的该核酸分子。然而,分离的核酸分子可以包括包含在通常表达该蛋白质的细胞中的核酸分子,其中例如,所述核酸分子位于不同于天然细胞中位置的染色体位置。"Isolated nucleic acid" refers to and encompasses a non-naturally occurring, recombinant, or naturally occurring sequence that is not in its usual environment or is separated from its usual environment. The isolated nucleic acid molecule exists in a form or environment that is different from its form or environment in nature. Thus, an isolated nucleic acid molecule can be distinguished from the nucleic acid molecule when present in a natural cell. However, an isolated nucleic acid molecule can include a nucleic acid molecule contained in a cell that normally expresses the protein, wherein, for example, the nucleic acid molecule is located in a chromosomal position that is different from the position in the natural cell.
“分离的”蛋白质(例如,分离的抗体)是已经被鉴定且与其天然环境中的一种成分分开和/或回收的蛋白质。其天然环境中的杂质成分是将会干扰该蛋白的研究,诊断或治疗用途的物质,可以包括酶、激素、和其它蛋白质性或非蛋白质性溶质。分离的蛋白质包括重组细胞中的原位蛋白质,因为该蛋白质的天然环境中的至少一种成分不存在。然而,通常,分离的蛋白质通过至少一个纯化步骤制备。An "isolated" protein (e.g., an isolated antibody) is a protein that has been identified and separated and/or recovered from a component of its natural environment. Impurity components in its natural environment are substances that would interfere with the research, diagnosis, or therapeutic use of the protein and may include enzymes, hormones, and other proteinaceous or non-proteinaceous solutes. An isolated protein includes an in situ protein in a recombinant cell because at least one component of the protein's natural environment is absent. However, typically, an isolated protein is prepared by at least one purification step.
“纯化的”多肽指,该多肽的纯度已经增加,由此与其在天然环境中时相比,和/或与其在实验室条件下最初产生和/或合成和/或扩增时相比,其以更纯的形式存在。纯度是一个相对术语,不一定指绝对纯度。A "purified" polypeptide is one that has been increased in purity so that it exists in a purer form than it is in its natural environment and/or as compared to when it was initially produced and/or synthesized and/or amplified under laboratory conditions. Purity is a relative term and does not necessarily refer to absolute purity.
“杂质”指不同于期望多肽产品的物质。杂质包括,但不限于:宿主细胞物质,例如CHOP;沥滤的蛋白A;核酸;期望多肽的变体、片段、聚集物或衍生物;其它多肽;内毒素;病毒污染物;细胞培养基成分等。"Impurities" refer to substances other than the desired polypeptide product. Impurities include, but are not limited to: host cell material, such as CHOP; leached protein A; nucleic acids; variants, fragments, aggregates, or derivatives of the desired polypeptide; other polypeptides; endotoxins; viral contaminants; cell culture medium components, etc.
术语“多肽”和“蛋白质”在本文中可互换使用,指任何长度的氨基酸聚合物。该聚合物可以是线性或分支的,其可以包含修饰的氨基酸,并且其可以被非氨基酸中断。该术语也涵盖已经经过天然修饰或人为干预修饰的氨基酸聚合物;例如,二硫键形成、糖基化、脂化、乙酰化、磷酸化、或任何其它操作或修饰,例如与标记性成分缀合。该定义也包括例如,含有一个或多个氨基酸类似物(包括例如非天然氨基酸等)、以及本领域已知的其它修饰的多肽。涵盖在本文该定义中的多肽的例子包括:哺乳动物蛋白质,例如肾素;生长激素,包括人生长激素和牛生长激素;生长激素释放因子;甲状旁腺激素;促甲状腺激素;脂蛋白;α-1抗胰蛋白酶;胰岛素A链;胰岛素B链;胰岛素原;促滤泡激素;降钙素;促黄体生成激素;胰高血糖素;凝血因子,例如因子VIIIC、因子IX、组织因子、和冯·维勒布兰德因子;抗凝血因子,例如蛋白C;心房钠尿肽;肺表面活性物质;纤溶酶原激活物,例如脲激酶或人尿或组织型纤溶酶原激活物(t-PA);铃蟾肤;凝血酶;造血生长因子;肿瘤坏死因子α和β;脑啡肽酶;RANTES(正常T细胞表达分泌的活化调节因子);人巨噬细胞炎性蛋白(MIP-1α);血清白蛋白、例如人血清白蛋白;缪勒管抑制物质;松弛素A链;松弛素B链;松弛素原(prorelaxin);小鼠促性腺激素相关肽;微生物蛋白,例如β内酰胺酶;DNA酶;IgE;细胞毒性T淋巴细胞相关抗原(CTLA),例如CTLA-4;抑制素;活化素;血管内皮生长因子(VEGF);激素受体或生长因子受体;蛋白A或D;类风湿因子;神经营养因子例如骨源神经营养因子(BDNF)、神经营养因子3、4、5、或6(NT-3、NT-4、NT-5或NT-6)、或神经生长因子例如NGF-b;血小板来源的生长因子(PDGF);成纤维细胞生长因子例如aFGF和bFGF;表皮生长因子(EGF);转化生长因子(TGF),例如TGF-α和TGF-β,包括TGF-β1,TGF-β2,TGF-β3,TGF-β4或TGF-β5;胰岛素样生长因子-I和-II(IGF-I和IGF-II);des(1-3)-IGF-I(脑IGF-I),胰岛素样生长因子结合蛋白(IGFBPs);CD蛋白例如CD3,CD4,CD8,CD19和CD20;促红细胞生成素;骨诱导因子;免疫毒素;骨形态发生蛋白(BMP);干扰素例如干扰素α、β和γ;集落刺激因子(CSF),例如M-CSF,GM-CSF和G-CSF;白介素(ILs),例如IL-1至IL-10;超氧化物歧化酶;T细胞受体;表面膜蛋白;衰变加速因子;病毒抗原例如AIDS包膜的部分;转运蛋白;归巢受体;地址素;调节性蛋白;整联蛋白,例如CD11a,CD11b,CD11c,CD18,ICAM,VLA-4和VCAM;肿瘤相关抗原,例如CA125(卵巢癌抗原)或HER2,HER3或HER4受体;免疫粘附素;以及上述任何蛋白质的片段和/或变体、以及与蛋白质(包括例如上述任何蛋白质)结合的抗体,包括抗体片段。The terms "polypeptide" and "protein" are used interchangeably herein to refer to amino acid polymers of any length. The polymer may be linear or branched, it may contain modified amino acids, and it may be interrupted by non-amino acids. The term also encompasses amino acid polymers that have been modified naturally or by human intervention; for example, disulfide bond formation, glycosylation, lipidation, acetylation, phosphorylation, or any other manipulation or modification, such as conjugation with a labeling component. The definition also includes, for example, polypeptides containing one or more amino acid analogs (including, for example, non-natural amino acids, etc.), as well as other modifications known in the art. Examples of polypeptides encompassed by this definition include mammalian proteins such as renin; growth hormones, including human growth hormone and bovine growth hormone; growth hormone-releasing factor; parathyroid hormone; thyroid stimulating hormone; lipoproteins; alpha-1 antitrypsin; insulin A chain; insulin B chain; proinsulin; follicle-stimulating hormone; calcitonin; luteinizing hormone; glucagon; coagulation factors such as factor VIIIC, factor IX, tissue factor, and von Willebrand factor; anticoagulant factors such as protein C; atrial natriuretic peptide; pulmonary surfactant; plasminogen activators such as ureakinase or human urine or tissue-type plasminogen activator (t-PA); bombesin; thrombin; hematopoietic growth factors; tumor necrosis factor alpha and beta; enkephalinase; RANTES (normal activating regulatory factor (ACTI) expressed and secreted by T cells); human macrophage inflammatory protein (MIP-1α); serum albumin, such as human serum albumin; Müllerian inhibitory substance; relaxin A chain; relaxin B chain; prorelaxin; mouse gonadotropin-related peptide; microbial proteins, such as beta-lactamase; DNA enzymes; IgE; cytotoxic T lymphocyte-associated antigen (CTLA), such as CTLA-4; inhibins; activins; vascular endothelial growth factor (VEGF); hormone receptors or growth factor receptors; protein A or D; rheumatoid factor; neurotrophic factors, such as bone-derived neurotrophic factor (BDNF), neurotrophins 3, 4, 5, or 6 (NT-3, NT-4, NT-5, or NT-6), or nerve growth factor, such as TNF-α. Such as NGF-b; platelet-derived growth factor (PDGF); fibroblast growth factors such as aFGF and bFGF; epidermal growth factor (EGF); transforming growth factor (TGF), such as TGF-α and TGF-β, including TGF-β1, TGF-β2, TGF-β3, TGF-β4 or TGF-β5; insulin-like growth factor-I and -II (IGF-I and IGF-II); des(1-3)-IGF-I (brain IGF-I), insulin-like growth factor binding proteins (IGFBPs); CD proteins such as CD3, CD4, CD8, CD19 and CD20; erythropoietin; osteoinductive factors; immunotoxins; bone morphogenetic proteins (BMPs); interferons such as interferon α, β and γ; colony stimulating factors (CSFs), such as M-CSF, GM-CSF and G-CSF; interleukins (ILs), such as IL-1 to IL-10; superoxide dismutase; T cell receptors; surface membrane proteins; decay accelerating factors; viral antigens, such as parts of the AIDS envelope; transport proteins; homing receptors; addressins; regulatory proteins; integrins, such as CD11a, CD11b, CD11c, CD18, ICAM, VLA-4 and VCAM; tumor-associated antigens, such as CA125 (ovarian cancer antigen) or HER2, HER3 or HER4 receptors; immunoadhesins; and fragments and/or variants of any of the above proteins, and antibodies, including antibody fragments, that bind to proteins (including, for example, any of the above proteins).
术语“抗体”在本文中以最宽的含义使用,尤其包括单克隆抗体(包括全长单克隆抗体)、多克隆抗体、多特异性抗体(例如双特异性抗体)、和抗体片段,只有其表现出期望的生物活性即可。抗体可以是人的、人源化的和/或亲合力成熟的。The term "antibody" is used herein in the broadest sense and specifically includes monoclonal antibodies (including full-length monoclonal antibodies), polyclonal antibodies, multispecific antibodies (e.g., bispecific antibodies), and antibody fragments, so long as they exhibit the desired biological activity. The antibody can be human, humanized, and/or affinity matured.
术语“单克隆抗体”在本文中用于指,从基本均质的抗体群体中获得的抗体,即,包含在该群体中的各单个抗体,除了可能的天然突变(可以以微小数量存在)外,是相同的。单克隆抗体高度特异,指向单个抗原性位点。此外,与包括指向不同决定簇(表位)的不同抗体的多克隆抗体制品不同,每个单克隆抗体均指向抗原上的单一一个决定簇。除了特异性,单克隆抗体的有利之处还在于它们可以不被抗体污染地合成。修饰语“单克隆”不应理解为要求该抗体以任何特定的方法制备。例如,根据本发明使用的单克隆抗体可以通过各种技术制备,包括,例如,杂交瘤方法(例如Kohler and Milstein,Nature,256:495-97(1975);Hongo et al.,Hybridoma,14(3):253-260(1995),Harlow et al.,Antibodies:ALaboratory Manual,(Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press,2nd ed.1988);Hammerling et al.:Monoclonal Antibodies and T-Cell Hybridomas 563-681(Elsevier,N.Y.,1981));在细菌、真核动物或植物细胞中重组DNA方法(见例如美国专利号4,816,567);噬菌体展示技术(参见例如Clackson et al.,Nature,352:624-628(1991);Marks et al.,J.Mol.Biol.222:581-597(1992);Sidhu et al.,J.Mol.Biol.338(2):299-310(2004);Lee et al.,J.Mol.Biol.340(5):1073-1093(2004);Fellouse,Proc.Natl.Acad.Sci.USA 101(34):12467-12472(2004);和Lee et al.,J.Immunol.Methods 284(1-2):119-132(2004);以及用于在具有部分或全部的人免疫球蛋白基因座或编码人免疫球蛋白序列的基因的动物中产生人或人样抗体的技术(参见例如WO1998/24893;WO 1996/34096;WO 1996/33735;WO 1991/10741;Jakobovits et al.,Proc.Natl.Acad.Sci.USA 90:2551(1993);Jakobovits et al.,Nature 362:255-258(1993);Bruggemann et al.,Year in Immunol.7:33(1993);U.S.Pat.Nos.5,545,807;5,545,806;5,569,825;5,625,126;5,633,425;和5,661,016;Marks et al.,Bio/Technology10:779-783(1992);Lonberg et al.,Nature 368:856-859(1994);Morrison,Nature 368:812-813(1994);Fishwild et al.,Nature Biotechnol.14:845-851(1996);Neuberger,Nature Biotechnol.14:826(1996);和Lonberg and Huszar,Intern.Rev.Immunol.13:65-93(1995)。The term "monoclonal antibody" is used herein to refer to an antibody obtained from a substantially homogeneous antibody population, i.e., each individual antibody contained in the population is identical except for possible natural mutations (which may exist in small quantities). Monoclonal antibodies are highly specific, being directed to a single antigenic site. Furthermore, unlike polyclonal antibody preparations comprising different antibodies directed to different determinants (epitopes), each monoclonal antibody is directed to a single determinant on the antigen. In addition to specificity, monoclonal antibodies are advantageous in that they can be synthesized without being contaminated by antibodies. The modifier "monoclonal" should not be construed as requiring that the antibody be prepared by any particular method. For example, the monoclonal antibodies used in accordance with the present invention can be prepared by a variety of techniques, including, for example, the hybridoma method (e.g., Kohler and Milstein, Nature, 256:495-97 (1975); Hongo et al., Hybridoma, 14(3):253-260 (1995), Harlow et al., Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual, (Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, 2nd ed. 1988); Hammerling et al.: Monoclonal Antibodies and T-Cell Hybridomas 563-681 (Elsevier, N.Y., 1981)); recombinant DNA methods in bacteria, eukaryotic or plant cells (see, e.g., U.S. Patent No. 4,816,567); phage display technology (see, e.g., Clackson et al., Nature, 352:624-628 (1991); Marks et al., Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual, (Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, 2nd ed. 1988); Hammerling et al.: Monoclonal Antibodies and T-Cell Hybridomas 563-681 (Elsevier, N.Y., 1981)); al., J. Mol. Biol. 222: 581-597 (1992); Sidhu et al., J. Mol. Biol. 338(2): 299-310 (2004); Lee et al., J. Mol. Biol. 340(5): 1073-1093 (2004); Fellouse, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 101(34): 12467-12472 (2004); and Lee et al., J. Immunol. Methods 284(1-2): 119-132 (2004); and techniques for producing human or human-like antibodies in animals having part or all of the human immunoglobulin loci or genes encoding human immunoglobulin sequences (see, e.g., WO 1998/24893; WO 1996/34096; WO 1996/33735; WO 1991/10741; Jakobovits et al., Proc.Natl.Acad.Sci.USA 90:2551(1993); Jakobovits et al., Nature 362:255-258(1993); Bruggemann et al., Year in Immunol. 7:33 (1993); U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,545,807; 5,545,806; 5,569,825; 5,625,126; 5,633,425; and 5,661,016; Marks et al., Bio/Technology 10:779-783 (1992); Lonberg et al. al.,Nature and Lonberg and Lonberg. Huszar, Intern. Rev. Immunol. 13:65-93 (1995).
术语“药物制剂”指这样的制品,其形式允许活性成分的生物活性有效,且其不含有对制剂施用对象具有不可接受毒性的其它成分。此类制剂是无菌的。The term "pharmaceutical formulation" refers to a preparation that is in a form that permits the biological activity of the active ingredient to be effective and that does not contain other ingredients that are unacceptably toxic to a subject to which the formulation is administered. Such formulations are sterile.
“药学上可接受的”载体、赋形剂或稳定剂是在所采用的剂量和浓度下对暴露于它的细胞或哺乳动物无毒的载体、赋形剂或稳定剂(Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences(20th edition),ed.A.Gennaro,2000,Lippincott,Williams&Wilkins,Philadelphia,PA)。通常,生理学上可接受的载体是pH缓冲水溶液。生理学上可接受的载体的实例包括缓冲剂,如磷酸盐、柠檬酸盐和其它有机酸;抗氧化剂,包括抗坏血酸;低分子量(少于约10个残基)多肽;蛋白质,如血清白蛋白、明胶或免疫球蛋白;亲水性聚合物如聚乙烯吡咯烷酮;氨基酸如甘氨酸、谷氨酰胺、天冬酰胺、精氨酸或赖氨酸;单糖、二糖和其它碳水化合物,包括葡萄糖、甘露糖或糊精;螯合剂,如EDTA;糖醇如甘露糖醇或山梨糖醇;成盐反离子如钠;和/或非离子表面活性剂如TweenTM、聚乙二醇(PEG)和PluronicsTM。A "pharmaceutically acceptable" carrier, excipient, or stabilizer is one that is nontoxic to the cells or mammals to which it is exposed at the dosages and concentrations employed (Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences ( 20th edition), ed. A. Gennaro, 2000, Lippincott, Williams & Wilkins, Philadelphia, PA). Typically, a physiologically acceptable carrier is a pH-buffered aqueous solution. Examples of physiologically acceptable carriers include buffers such as phosphate, citrate, and other organic acids; antioxidants including ascorbic acid; low molecular weight (less than about 10 residues) polypeptides; proteins such as serum albumin, gelatin, or immunoglobulins; hydrophilic polymers such as polyvinylpyrrolidone; amino acids such as glycine, glutamine, asparagine, arginine, or lysine; monosaccharides, disaccharides, and other carbohydrates including glucose, mannose, or dextrins; chelating agents such as EDTA; sugar alcohols such as mannitol or sorbitol; salt-forming counterions such as sodium; and/or nonionic surfactants such as Tween ™ , polyethylene glycol (PEG), and Pluronics ™ .
“无菌”制剂是消毒的,或不含或基本上不含所有活微生物及其孢子。A "sterile" preparation is sterile, or free or substantially free of all viable microorganisms and their spores.
“无色或带轻微颜色的”液体指,通过定性和/或定量分析测量的包含多肽的液体组合物。定性分析包括目视检查,例如将包含多肽的组合物与参考标准进行比较。A "colorless or slightly colored" liquid refers to a liquid composition comprising a polypeptide that is measured by qualitative and/or quantitative analysis. Qualitative analysis includes visual inspection, such as comparing the composition comprising the polypeptide to a reference standard.
如在本说明书和所附权利要求书中所用,除非另行明确指出,否则术语"一"、"该"等包括复数个。因此,例如,提及“化合物”(a compound)任选地包括两个或更多个此种化合物的组合,等等。As used in this specification and the appended claims, the terms "a", "an", "the", etc. include plural references unless expressly stated otherwise. Thus, for example, reference to "a compound" optionally includes a combination of two or more such compounds, and so forth.
可以理解,本文所述的本发明的方面和实施方案包括“包含”方面和实施方案、“由”方面和实施方案“组成”、和“基本上由”方面和实施方案“组成”。It is understood that aspects and embodiments of the present invention described herein include "comprising," "consisting of," and "consisting essentially of" aspects and embodiments.
本文中提及“约”一个数值或参数包括(和描述)涉及该数值或参数本身的实施方案。例如,述及“约X”包括述及“X”。数值范围涵盖定义该范围的数字。Reference herein to "about" a value or parameter includes (and describes) embodiments involving that value or parameter itself. For example, reference to "about X" includes reference to "X." Numerical ranges encompass the numbers defining the range.
当本发明的实施方案或方面以马库什组或其它可选择要素组描述时,本发明不仅涵盖作为一个整体列出的整个组、以及单独地该组的每个成员和该主要组中所有可能的亚组,还涵盖缺失一个或多个组成分的该主要组。本发明还考虑在要求保护的本发明中明确排除组成员中的任何一个或多个。When embodiments or aspects of the invention are described in terms of Markush groups or other groups of alternative elements, the invention encompasses not only the entire group listed as a whole, and each member of the group individually and all possible subgroups within the main group, but also encompasses the main group with one or more of the components missing. The invention also contemplates any one or more of the group members being specifically excluded from the claimed invention.
II.细胞培养基II. Cell Culture Medium
本文提供的细胞培养基可以用于本文描述的方法(例如,培养细胞和生产多肽的方法)和组合物(例如,药物制剂)中。已经鉴定能够提供具有可接受品质属性,例如可接受颜色强度的多肽产品(例如,治疗性蛋白)的培养基组分。这些被鉴定出的培养基组分中的一种或多种可以用来提供具有可接受颜色强度的多肽产品。如本文所用,多肽产品(如,包含多肽的组合物)的“可接受的颜色强度”可以指,为获得监管批准所要求的多肽产品的颜色强度,或期望在评价多肽产品的批次与批次间的一致性中使用的颜色强度。在一些实施方案中,所述一种或多种培养基组分是抗氧化剂。在一些实施方案中,所述一种或多种培养基组分选自亚牛磺酸、s-羧甲基半胱氨酸、鹅肌肽、丁基化羟基苯甲醚、肌肽、硫辛酸、槲皮苷水合物和氨基胍。在一些实施方案中,所述一种或多种培养基组分是亚牛磺酸或其类似物或前体。在一些实施方案中,亚牛磺酸或其类似物或前体选自亚牛磺酸、s-羧甲基半胱氨酸、半胱胺、半胱亚磺酸和牛磺酸。在一些实施方案中,所述一种或多种培养基组分是牛磺酸、还原型硫辛酸、或卡维地洛(carvedilol)。The cell culture medium provided herein can be used in the methods described herein (e.g., methods for culturing cells and producing polypeptides) and compositions (e.g., pharmaceutical preparations). Culture medium components capable of providing polypeptide products (e.g., therapeutic proteins) with acceptable quality attributes, such as acceptable color intensity, have been identified. One or more of these identified culture medium components can be used to provide polypeptide products with acceptable color intensity. As used herein, the "acceptable color intensity" of a polypeptide product (e.g., a composition comprising a polypeptide) can refer to the color intensity required for obtaining regulatory approval, or the color intensity desired for use in evaluating the consistency of batches of polypeptide products. In some embodiments, the one or more culture medium components are antioxidants. In some embodiments, the one or more culture medium components are selected from hypotaurine, s-carboxymethylcysteine, anserine, butylated hydroxyanisole, carnosine, lipoic acid, quercetin hydrate, and aminoguanidine. In some embodiments, the one or more culture medium components are hypotaurine or its analogs or precursors. In some embodiments, the hypotaurine or its analog or precursor is selected from the group consisting of hypotaurine, s-carboxymethylcysteine, cysteamine, cysteinesulfinic acid, and taurine. In some embodiments, the one or more culture medium components are taurine, reduced lipoic acid, or carvedilol.
培养基组分可以以本领域已知的形式添加到细胞培养基中。例如,亚牛磺酸可以以CAS号300-84-5标识的化合物提供,s-羧甲基半胱氨酸可以以CAS号638-23-3标识的化合物提供,鹅肌肽可以以CAS号10030-52-1标识的化合物提供,丁基化羟基苯甲醚可以以CAS号25013-16-5标识的化合物提供,肌肽可以以CAS号305-84-0标识的化合物提供,硫辛酸可以以CAS号1200-22-2标识的化合物提供,槲皮苷水合物可以以CAS号522-12-3标识的化合物提供。作为另一个例子,可以提供亚牛磺酸的类似物或前体,例如s-羧甲基半胱氨酸、半胱胺、半胱亚磺酸和/或牛磺酸。在一些实施方案中,s-羧甲基半胱氨酸被提供为标识为CAS号638-23-3的化合物,半胱胺被提供为标识为CAS号60-23-1的化合物,半胱亚磺酸被提供为标识为CAS号1115-65-7的化合物,牛磺酸被提供为标识为CAS号107-35-7的化合物。在一些实施方案中,提供在表4中列出的化合物,如标识为CAS号462-20-4的还原型硫辛酸或标识为CAS号72956-09-3的卡维地洛。在一些实施方案中,氨基胍被提供为标识为CAS号1937-19-5的盐酸氨基胍。本文提供的培养基组分可以作为盐、水合物、或盐水合物或以本领域技术人员公知的任何其它形式提供给细胞培养基。培养基组分也可作为溶液、提取物或以固体形式提供给细胞培养基。在一些实施方案,细胞培养基是化学确定的培养基。在其它的实施方案,细胞培养基是化学不确定的培养基。Culture medium components can be added to the cell culture medium in a manner known in the art. For example, hypotaurine can be provided as a compound identified by CAS No. 300-84-5, s-carboxymethylcysteine can be provided as a compound identified by CAS No. 638-23-3, anserine can be provided as a compound identified by CAS No. 10030-52-1, butylated hydroxyanisole can be provided as a compound identified by CAS No. 25013-16-5, carnosine can be provided as a compound identified by CAS No. 305-84-0, lipoic acid can be provided as a compound identified by CAS No. 1200-22-2, and quercetin hydrate can be provided as a compound identified by CAS No. 522-12-3. As another example, an analog or precursor of hypotaurine can be provided, such as s-carboxymethylcysteine, cysteamine, cysteinesulfinic acid, and/or taurine. In some embodiments, s-carboxymethylcysteine is provided as a compound identified as CAS No. 638-23-3, cysteamine is provided as a compound identified as CAS No. 60-23-1, cysteinesulfinic acid is provided as a compound identified as CAS No. 1115-65-7, and taurine is provided as a compound identified as CAS No. 107-35-7. In some embodiments, the compounds listed in Table 4 are provided, such as reduced lipoic acid identified as CAS No. 462-20-4 or carvedilol identified as CAS No. 72956-09-3. In some embodiments, aminoguanidine is provided as aminoguanidine hydrochloride identified as CAS No. 1937-19-5. The culture medium components provided herein can be provided to the cell culture medium as salts, hydrates, or salt hydrates, or in any other form known to those skilled in the art. The culture medium components can also be provided to the cell culture medium as solutions, extracts, or in solid form. In some embodiments, the cell culture medium is a chemically defined medium. In other embodiments, the cell culture medium is a chemically undefined medium.
在一些方面,本发明提供包含一种或多种以下组分的细胞培养基:(a)亚牛磺酸;(b)s-羧甲基半胱氨酸;(c)肌肽;(d)鹅肌肽;(e)丁基化羟基苯甲醚;(f)硫辛酸;(g)槲皮苷水合物;及(h)氨基胍。在一些实施方案中,细胞培养基包含组分(a),(b),(c),(d),(e),(f),(g)和(h)中的2或3或4或5或6种或每一种。可以理解的是,本文所提供的细胞培养基可含有组分(a),(b),(c),(d),(e),(f),(g)和(h)的任意组合,就如同每个组合被具体地和单独地列出。例如,可以理解的是,包含组分(a),(b),(c),(d),(e),(f),(g)和(h)中四种的细胞培养基可以包括这些组分的任意组合,只要所述组合中存在这些组分中的至少四种即可。In some aspects, the present invention provides a cell culture medium comprising one or more of the following components: (a) hypotaurine; (b) s-carboxymethylcysteine; (c) carnosine; (d) anserine; (e) butylated hydroxyanisole; (f) lipoic acid; (g) quercetin hydrate; and (h) aminoguanidine. In some embodiments, the cell culture medium comprises 2 or 3 or 4 or 5 or 6 of components (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), (f), (g), and (h), or each of them. It is understood that the cell culture medium provided herein may contain any combination of components (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), (f), (g), and (h), just as if each combination were specifically and individually listed. For example, it will be understood that a cell culture medium comprising four of components (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), (f), (g) and (h) may include any combination of these components, as long as at least four of these components are present in the combination.
在一些方面,本文所提供的细胞培养基以表1中所描述的量包含选自(a)亚牛磺酸;(b)s-羧甲基半胱氨酸;(c)肌肽;(d)鹅肌肽;(e)丁基化羟基苯甲醚;(f)硫辛酸;(g)槲皮苷水合物及(h)氨基胍的一种或多种培养基组分。应当理解,培养基可以以表1中所列的任何量包含表1的培养基组分中的任何一种或多种(例如,组分(a)-(h)中的任何一种或多种,例如包含组分(a),(b),(c),(d)和(e)的培养基或包含组分(a),(b)和(g)的培养基或仅包含组分(a)-(h)之一的培养基),就如同组分和量的每一个和任何组合都被具体地和单独地列出。在一个方面,细胞培养基是化学确定的培养基。在另一个方面,细胞培养基是化学不确定的培养基。在一些实施方案中,细胞培养基包含组分(a)-(h)之一种或多种,其中(a)是至少约0.0001mM亚牛磺酸,(b)是至少约0.0001mM s-羧甲基半胱氨酸,(c)是至少约0.0001mM肌肽,(d)是至少约0.0001mM鹅肌肽,(e)是至少约0.0001mM丁基化羟基苯甲醚,(f)是至少约0.0001mM硫辛酸,(g)是至少约0.0001mM槲皮苷水合物,和(h)是至少约0.0003mM氨基胍。在一些实施方案中,细胞培养基包含组分(a)-(h)之一种或多种,其中(a)是约2.0mM至约50.0mM亚牛磺酸,(b)是约8.0mM至约12.0mM s-羧甲基半胱氨酸,(c)是约8.0mM至约12.0mM肌肽,(d)是约3.0mM至约5.0mM鹅肌肽,(e)是约0.025mM至约0.040mM丁基化羟基苯甲醚,(f)是约0.040mM至约0.060mM硫辛酸,(g)是约0.010mM至约0.020mM槲皮苷水合物,和(h)是约0.0003mM至约10mM氨基胍。In some aspects, the cell culture medium provided herein comprises one or more culture medium components selected from the group consisting of (a) hypotaurine; (b) s-carboxymethylcysteine; (c) carnosine; (d) anserine; (e) butylated hydroxyanisole; (f) lipoic acid; (g) quercetin hydrate; and (h) aminoguanidine in the amounts described in Table 1. It should be understood that the culture medium can comprise any one or more of the culture medium components of Table 1 (e.g., any one or more of components (a)-(h), such as a culture medium comprising components (a), (b), (c), (d), and (e), or a culture medium comprising components (a), (b), and (g), or a culture medium comprising only one of components (a)-(h)) in any amount listed in Table 1, as if each and any combination of components and amounts were specifically and individually listed. In one aspect, the cell culture medium is a chemically defined culture medium. In another aspect, the cell culture medium is a chemically undefined culture medium. In some embodiments, the cell culture medium comprises one or more of components (a)-(h), wherein (a) is at least about 0.0001 mM hypotaurine, (b) is at least about 0.0001 mM s-carboxymethylcysteine, (c) is at least about 0.0001 mM carnosine, (d) is at least about 0.0001 mM anserine, (e) is at least about 0.0001 mM butylated hydroxyanisole, (f) is at least about 0.0001 mM lipoic acid, (g) is at least about 0.0001 mM quercetin hydrate, and (h) is at least about 0.0003 mM aminoguanidine. In some embodiments, the cell culture medium comprises one or more of components (a)-(h), wherein (a) is about 2.0 mM to about 50.0 mM hypotaurine, (b) is about 8.0 mM to about 12.0 mM s-carboxymethylcysteine, (c) is about 8.0 mM to about 12.0 mM carnosine, (d) is about 3.0 mM to about 5.0 mM anserine, (e) is about 0.025 mM to about 0.040 mM butylated hydroxyanisole, (f) is about 0.040 mM to about 0.060 mM lipoic acid, (g) is about 0.010 mM to about 0.020 mM quercetin hydrate, and (h) is about 0.0003 mM to about 10 mM aminoguanidine.
表1.培养基组分的示例性量Table 1. Exemplary amounts of media components
在一些方面,本发明提供包含选自亚牛磺酸、s-羧甲基半胱氨酸、半胱胺、半胱亚磺酸和牛磺酸的亚牛磺酸或其类似物或其前体的细胞培养基。在一些方面,细胞培养基包含下列组分中的一种或多种:(a)亚牛磺酸;(b)s-羧甲基半胱氨酸;(c)半胱胺;(d)半胱亚磺酸;和(e)牛磺酸。在一些实施方案中,细胞培养基包含(a),(b),(c),(d)和(e)中的2或3或4种或每一种。可以理解的是,本文所提供的细胞培养基可含有组分(a),(b),(c),(d)和(e)的任意组合,就如同每个组合被具体地和单独地列出。例如,可以理解的是,包括(a),(b),(c),(d)和(e)中三种组分的细胞培养基可以包含这些组分的任意组合,只要所述组合中存在这些组分中的至少三种即可。牛磺酸类似物包括例如s-羧甲基半胱氨酸,半胱胺,半胱亚磺酸和牛磺酸。亚牛磺酸前体的例子是本领域技术人员公知的,并且在一些方面,亚牛磺酸前体可以是亚牛磺酸类似物。In some aspects, the present invention provides a cell culture medium comprising a hypotaurine or an analog thereof or a precursor thereof selected from the group consisting of hypotaurine, s-carboxymethylcysteine, cysteamine, cysteinesulfinic acid, and taurine. In some aspects, the cell culture medium comprises one or more of the following components: (a) hypotaurine; (b) s-carboxymethylcysteine; (c) cysteamine; (d) cysteinesulfinic acid; and (e) taurine. In some embodiments, the cell culture medium comprises two, three, or four, or each of (a), (b), (c), (d), and (e). It is understood that the cell culture medium provided herein may contain any combination of components (a), (b), (c), (d), and (e), as if each combination were specifically and individually listed. For example, it is understood that a cell culture medium comprising three of the components (a), (b), (c), (d), and (e) may contain any combination of these components, as long as at least three of these components are present in the combination. Taurine analogs include, for example, s-carboxymethylcysteine, cysteamine, cysteinesulfinic acid, and taurine. Examples of hypotaurine precursors are well known to those skilled in the art, and in some aspects, the hypotaurine precursor can be a hypotaurine analog.
在一些方面,本文所提供的细胞培养基以表2所述的量包含亚牛磺酸或其类似物或其前体。应当理解的是,培养基可以表2中所列的任何量包含表2的培养基组分中的任何一种或多种(例如,组分(a)-(e)中的任何一种或多种,例如,包含组分(a),(b),(c)和(d)的培养基或包含组分(a),(b)和(c)的培养基或仅包含组分(a)-(e)中一种的培养基),就如同组分和量的每一种和任何组合都被具体地和单独地列出。在一些实施方案中,细胞培养基包含至少约0.0001mM浓度的亚牛磺酸或其类似物或其前体,例如亚牛磺酸,s-羧甲基半胱氨酸,半胱胺,半胱亚磺酸,和/或牛磺酸。在一些实施方案中,细胞培养基包含约0.5mM至约500.0mM浓度的亚牛磺酸或其类似物或其前体,如亚牛磺酸,s-羧甲基半胱氨酸,半胱胺,半胱亚磺酸,和/或牛磺酸。In some aspects, the cell culture media provided herein comprise hypotaurine or an analog thereof or a precursor thereof in the amounts described in Table 2. It should be understood that the culture medium can comprise any one or more of the culture medium components of Table 2 (e.g., any one or more of components (a)-(e), e.g., a culture medium comprising components (a), (b), (c), and (d), or a culture medium comprising components (a), (b), and (c), or a culture medium comprising only one of components (a)-(e)) in any amount listed in Table 2, just as if each and any combination of components and amounts were specifically and individually listed. In some embodiments, the cell culture medium comprises hypotaurine or an analog thereof or a precursor thereof, e.g., hypotaurine, S-carboxymethylcysteine, cysteamine, cysteinesulfinic acid, and/or taurine, at a concentration of at least about 0.0001 mM. In some embodiments, the cell culture medium comprises hypotaurine or an analog or precursor thereof, such as hypotaurine, s-carboxymethylcysteine, cysteamine, cysteinesulfinic acid, and/or taurine, at a concentration of about 0.5 mM to about 500.0 mM.
表2.培养基组分的示例性量Table 2. Exemplary amounts of media components
在一些方面,本文提供的细胞培养基包含约0.0001mM至约0.5mM浓度的还原型硫辛酸。在一些方面,本文提供的细胞培养基包含约0.0001mM至约1.5mM浓度的卡维地洛。In some aspects, the cell culture medium provided herein comprises reduced lipoic acid at a concentration of about 0.0001 mM to about 0.5 mM. In some aspects, the cell culture medium provided herein comprises carvedilol at a concentration of about 0.0001 mM to about 1.5 mM.
本文所提供的各培养基组分可以以导致对于培养细胞和/或从细胞培养物生产多肽而言有利的一个或多个性质的量存在。有利的性质包括,但不限于,细胞培养物中降低的多肽氧化、和/或包含本发明细胞培养基中培养的细胞所生产的多肽的组合物的降低的颜色强度。本文提供的细胞培养基的有利性质还可以包括:包含细胞培养基中培养的细胞所生产的多肽的组合物的降低的颜色强度,且不影响一个或多个产品属性,如由该细胞产生的多肽的量(例如,抗体滴度)、多肽的糖基化(例如,N-糖基化)谱、组合物中的多肽电荷异质性、或多肽的氨基酸序列完整性。在一些实施方案中,对于在本文提供的细胞培养基中培养细胞而言一个或多个有利的性质是:包含由该细胞所产生的多肽的组合物的颜色强度降低,而不影响细胞生存力、由该细胞产生的多肽的量、多肽的糖基化(例如,N-糖基化)谱、组合物中的多肽电荷异质性、和/或多肽的氨基酸序列完整性。在一些实施方案中,对于在本发明提供的细胞培养基中培养细胞而言一个或多个有利的性质是:包含由该细胞所产生的多肽的组合物的颜色强度降低、以及在细胞培养物中多肽的氧化减少。这些有利的性质也适用于如本文所述的培养包含编码目的多肽的核酸的细胞的方法和在细胞培养物中生产目的多肽的方法。Each culture medium component provided herein can be present in an amount that results in one or more properties that are advantageous for culturing cells and/or producing polypeptides from the cell culture. Advantageous properties include, but are not limited to, reduced polypeptide oxidation in the cell culture and/or reduced color intensity of compositions comprising polypeptides produced by cells cultured in the cell culture medium of the present invention. Advantageous properties of the cell culture medium provided herein can also include reduced color intensity of compositions comprising polypeptides produced by cells cultured in the cell culture medium without affecting one or more product attributes, such as the amount of polypeptides produced by the cells (e.g., antibody titer), glycosylation (e.g., N-glycosylation) profile of the polypeptides, polypeptide charge heterogeneity in the compositions, or amino acid sequence integrity of the polypeptides. In some embodiments, one or more advantageous properties for culturing cells in the cell culture medium provided herein are reduced color intensity of compositions comprising polypeptides produced by the cells without affecting cell viability, the amount of polypeptides produced by the cells, glycosylation (e.g., N-glycosylation) profile of the polypeptides, polypeptide charge heterogeneity in the compositions, and/or amino acid sequence integrity of the polypeptides. In some embodiments, one or more advantageous properties for culturing cells in the cell culture media provided herein are: reduced color intensity of a composition comprising a polypeptide produced by the cells, and reduced oxidation of the polypeptide in cell culture. These advantageous properties also apply to methods for culturing cells comprising a nucleic acid encoding a polypeptide of interest and methods for producing a polypeptide of interest in cell culture, as described herein.
在一些方面,选自亚牛磺酸、s-羧甲基半胱氨酸、鹅肌肽、丁基化羟基苯甲醚、肌肽、硫辛酸、槲皮苷水合物和氨基胍的一种或多种培养基组分在本文中以导致对于培养细胞和/或从细胞培养物生产多肽而言有利的一个或多个性质的量来提供。在一些实施方案中,可以导致一个或多个有利性质的亚牛磺酸在细胞培养基中的量是从约0.5mM至约100mM,约1.6mM至约90mM,约1.7mM至约80mM,约1.8mM至约70mM,约1.9mM至约60mM,约2.0mM至约50mM,或约1.75mM至约50mM。在一些实施方案中,可以导致一个或多个有利性质的s-羧甲基半胱氨酸在细胞培养基中的量是从约0.5mM至约120mM,约5.0mM至约15mM,约6.0mM至约14mM,约7.0mM至约13mM,或8.0mM至约12mM。在一些实施方案中,可以导致一个或多个有利性质的鹅肌肽在细胞培养基中的量是从约0.5mM至约20mM,约2.0mM至约10mM,或约3.0mM至约5.0mM。在一些实施方案中,可以导致一个或多个有利性质的丁基化羟基苯甲醚在细胞培养基中的量是从约0.005mM至约0.2mM,约0.02mM至约0.05mM,或约0.025mM至约0.04mM。在一些实施方案中,可以导致一个或多个有利性质的肌肽在细胞培养基中的量是从约0.5mM至约20mM,约6.0mM至约14mM,或约8.0mM至约12mM。在一些实施方案中,可以导致一个或多个有利性质的硫辛酸在细胞培养基中的量是从约0.01mM至约1.5mM,约0.036mM至约0.08mM,从约0.038mM至约0.07mM或从约0.04mM至约0.06mM。在一些实施方案中,可以导致一个或多个有利性质的槲皮苷水合物在细胞培养基中的量是从约0.005mM至约0.04mM,从约0.01mM至约0.03mM,从约0.015mM至约0.025mM或从约0.01mM至约0.02mM。在一些实施方案中,可以导致一个或多个有利性质的氨基胍在细胞培养基中的量是从约0.0003mM至约245mM,约0.003mM至约150mM,约0.03mM至约100mM,约0.03mM至约50mM,约0.03mM至约25mM,约0.03至约10mM。在一些实施方案中,对于选自亚牛磺酸、s-羧甲基半胱氨酸、鹅肌肽、丁基化羟基苯甲醚、肌肽、硫辛酸、槲皮苷水合物和氨基胍的一种或多种培养基组分,其在细胞培养基中可以导致一个或多个有利性质的量在表1中提供。In some aspects, one or more culture medium components selected from the group consisting of hypotaurine, s-carboxymethylcysteine, anserine, butylated hydroxyanisole, carnosine, lipoic acid, quercetin hydrate, and aminoguanidine are provided herein in an amount that results in one or more properties that are advantageous for culturing cells and/or producing polypeptides from cell culture. In some embodiments, the amount of hypotaurine in the cell culture medium that can result in one or more advantageous properties is from about 0.5 mM to about 100 mM, about 1.6 mM to about 90 mM, about 1.7 mM to about 80 mM, about 1.8 mM to about 70 mM, about 1.9 mM to about 60 mM, about 2.0 mM to about 50 mM, or about 1.75 mM to about 50 mM. In some embodiments, the amount of s-carboxymethylcysteine in the cell culture medium that can result in one or more favorable properties is from about 0.5 mM to about 120 mM, from about 5.0 mM to about 15 mM, from about 6.0 mM to about 14 mM, from about 7.0 mM to about 13 mM, or from 8.0 mM to about 12 mM. In some embodiments, the amount of anserine in the cell culture medium that can result in one or more favorable properties is from about 0.5 mM to about 20 mM, from about 2.0 mM to about 10 mM, or from about 3.0 mM to about 5.0 mM. In some embodiments, the amount of butylated hydroxyanisole in the cell culture medium that can result in one or more favorable properties is from about 0.005 mM to about 0.2 mM, from about 0.02 mM to about 0.05 mM, or from about 0.025 mM to about 0.04 mM. In some embodiments, the amount of carnosine in the cell culture medium that can result in one or more favorable properties is from about 0.5 mM to about 20 mM, from about 6.0 mM to about 14 mM, or from about 8.0 mM to about 12 mM. In some embodiments, the amount of lipoic acid in the cell culture medium that can result in one or more favorable properties is from about 0.01 mM to about 1.5 mM, from about 0.036 mM to about 0.08 mM, from about 0.038 mM to about 0.07 mM, or from about 0.04 mM to about 0.06 mM. In some embodiments, the amount of quercetin hydrate in the cell culture medium that can result in one or more favorable properties is from about 0.005 mM to about 0.04 mM, from about 0.01 mM to about 0.03 mM, from about 0.015 mM to about 0.025 mM, or from about 0.01 mM to about 0.02 mM. In some embodiments, the amount of aminoguanidine in the cell culture medium that can result in one or more advantageous properties is from about 0.0003 mM to about 245 mM, about 0.003 mM to about 150 mM, about 0.03 mM to about 100 mM, about 0.03 mM to about 50 mM, about 0.03 mM to about 25 mM, or about 0.03 to about 10 mM. In some embodiments, the amount of one or more culture medium components selected from hypotaurine, s-carboxymethylcysteine, anserine, butylated hydroxyanisole, carnosine, lipoic acid, quercetin hydrate, and aminoguanidine that can result in one or more advantageous properties in the cell culture medium is provided in Table 1.
在一些方面,选自亚牛磺酸、s-羧甲基半胱氨酸、半胱胺、半胱亚磺酸和牛磺酸的一种或多种培养基组分在本文中以导致对于培养细胞和/或从细胞培养物生产多肽而言有利的一个或多个性质的量来提供。在一些实施方案中,可以导致一个或多个有利性质的亚牛磺酸在细胞培养基中的量是从约0.5mM至约100mM,约1.6mM至约90mM,约1.7mM至约80mM,约1.8mM至约70mM,约1.9mM至约60mM,约2.0mM至约50mM,或约1.75mM至约50mM。在一些实施方案中,可以导致一个或多个有利性质的s-羧甲基半胱氨酸在细胞培养基中的量是从约0.5mM至约120mM,约5.0mM至约15mM,约6.0mM至约14mM,约7.0mM至约13mM,或约8.0mM至约12mM。在一些实施方案中,可以导致一个或多个有利性质的半胱胺在细胞培养基中的量是从约0.01mM至约300mM,约0.02mM-约1mM,约0.04mM至约0.8mM,约0.06mM至约0.6mM,约0.08mM至约0.4mM,或约0.1mM至约0.2mM。在一些实施方案中,可以导致一个或多个有利性质的半胱亚磺酸在细胞培养基中的量是从约0.1mM至100mM,约0.2mM至约10mM,约0.3mM至约1mM,约0.1mM至约1mM,约0.2mM至约0.8mM,或约0.3mM至约0.6mM。在一些实施方案中,可以导致一个或多个有利性质的牛磺酸在细胞培养基中的量是从约0.5mM至500mM,约4.0mM至约100mM,或约1.0mM至约10mM。在一些实施方案中,对于选自亚牛磺酸、s-羧甲基半胱氨酸、半胱胺、半胱亚磺酸和牛磺酸的一种或多种培养基组分,其在细胞培养基中可以导致一个或多个有利性质的量在表2中提供。In some aspects, one or more culture medium components selected from the group consisting of hypotaurine, s-carboxymethylcysteine, cysteamine, cysteinesulfinic acid, and taurine are provided herein in an amount that results in one or more properties that are advantageous for culturing cells and/or producing polypeptides from the cell culture. In some embodiments, the amount of hypotaurine in the cell culture medium that can result in one or more advantageous properties is from about 0.5 mM to about 100 mM, about 1.6 mM to about 90 mM, about 1.7 mM to about 80 mM, about 1.8 mM to about 70 mM, about 1.9 mM to about 60 mM, about 2.0 mM to about 50 mM, or about 1.75 mM to about 50 mM. In some embodiments, the amount of s-carboxymethylcysteine in the cell culture medium that can result in one or more advantageous properties is from about 0.5 mM to about 120 mM, about 5.0 mM to about 15 mM, about 6.0 mM to about 14 mM, about 7.0 mM to about 13 mM, or about 8.0 mM to about 12 mM. In some embodiments, the amount of cysteamine in the cell culture medium that can result in one or more advantageous properties is from about 0.01 mM to about 300 mM, about 0.02 mM to about 1 mM, about 0.04 mM to about 0.8 mM, about 0.06 mM to about 0.6 mM, about 0.08 mM to about 0.4 mM, or about 0.1 mM to about 0.2 mM. In some embodiments, the amount of cysteine sulfenic acid in the cell culture medium that can result in one or more favorable properties is from about 0.1 mM to 100 mM, from about 0.2 mM to about 10 mM, from about 0.3 mM to about 1 mM, from about 0.1 mM to about 1 mM, from about 0.2 mM to about 0.8 mM, or from about 0.3 mM to about 0.6 mM. In some embodiments, the amount of taurine in the cell culture medium that can result in one or more favorable properties is from about 0.5 mM to 500 mM, from about 4.0 mM to about 100 mM, or from about 1.0 mM to about 10 mM. In some embodiments, for one or more culture medium components selected from hypotaurine, s-carboxymethylcysteine, cysteamine, cysteine sulfenic acid, and taurine, the amounts in the cell culture medium that can result in one or more favorable properties are provided in Table 2.
在一个方面,相比在不同培养基中生产的多肽的品质属性,本文提供的细胞培养基,当用于在细胞培养物中生产多肽的方法中时,造成一个或多个有利的产品品质属性或有利性质。通过使用某些培养基组分形成的活性氧类别(ROS)可以氧化多肽上的特定氨基酸,并产生氧化的多肽产物。该氧化的蛋白质物质的存在也可改变蛋白质产品的产品品质属性,例如颜色强度,这对于以任意浓度(例如,但不限于,大于约1mg/mL,约10mg/mL,约25mg/mL,约50mg/mL,或约75mg/mL至多达100mg/mL中任一的浓度)配制的多肽产品而言可能尤其显著。在一些实施方案中,氧化的蛋白质物质的存在可改变蛋白质产品的产品品质属性,例如颜色强度,这对于以大于约100mg/mL,约125mg/mL,约150mg/mL,约175mg/mL,约200mg/mL或约250mg/mL中任一的浓度配制的多肽产品而言可能尤其显著。包含由本文详述的培养基所生产的多肽的组合物(包括含至少约1mg/mL,约10mg/mL,约50mg/mL,约100mg/mL,约150mg/mL,200mg/mL或约250mg/mL多肽(如抗体)的组合物)的颜色强度可以使用颜色测定法来评估,例如本文所述的测定法,或者在例如但不限于美国药典颜色标准和欧洲药典颜色标准中描述的测定法。见USP-24专论631 Color and Achromaticity.UnitedStates Pharmacopoeia Inc.,2000,p.1926-1927和Council of Europe.EuropeanPharmacopoeia,2008,7th Ed.P.22,其通过整体引用并入本文。在本文的任何实施方案中,本发明提供的细胞培养基可用于制备包含多肽的组合物,通过颜色测定法测量,相比于参考溶液,该组合物具有减小的颜色强度。例如,相比于包含使用不含表1或表2中的一种或多种组分的细胞培养基所生产的多肽的组合物,包含用本文所提供的细胞培养基所生产的多肽(例如,治疗性多肽)的组合物(例如,药物制剂)的颜色强度可以降低任何量,包括,但不限于,至少约0.1%,0.5%,1%,2%,3%,4%,5%或更多。In one aspect, compared to the quality attributes of the polypeptide produced in different culture media, the cell culture medium provided herein, when used in the method for producing polypeptide in cell culture, causes one or more favorable product quality attributes or favorable properties. The reactive oxygen species (ROS) formed by using certain culture medium components can oxidize the specific amino acids on the polypeptide and produce oxidized polypeptide products. The presence of the protein material of this oxidation can also change the product quality attributes of protein products, such as color intensity, which may be especially significant for a polypeptide product prepared at any concentration (such as, but not limited to, greater than about 1mg/mL, about 10mg/mL, about 25mg/mL, about 50mg/mL, or about 75mg/mL to any concentration of up to 100mg/mL). In some embodiments, the presence of the protein material of this oxidation can change the product quality attributes of protein products, such as color intensity, which may be especially significant for a polypeptide product prepared at any concentration of greater than about 100mg/mL, about 125mg/mL, about 150mg/mL, about 175mg/mL, about 200mg/mL or about 250mg/mL. The color intensity of compositions comprising polypeptides produced by the culture media detailed herein (including compositions comprising at least about 1 mg/mL, about 10 mg/mL, about 50 mg/mL, about 100 mg/mL, about 150 mg/mL, 200 mg/mL, or about 250 mg/mL of polypeptides (e.g., antibodies)) can be assessed using a colorimetric assay, such as the assays described herein, or assays described in, for example, but not limited to, the U.S. Pharmacopoeia color standards and the European Pharmacopoeia color standards. See USP-24 Monograph 631 Color and Achromaticity. United States Pharmacopoeia Inc., 2000, p. 1926-1927 and Council of Europe. European Pharmacopoeia, 2008, 7th Ed. P. 22, which are incorporated herein by reference in their entireties. In any of the embodiments herein, the cell culture media provided herein can be used to prepare a composition comprising a polypeptide having a reduced color intensity as measured by a colorimetric assay compared to a reference solution. For example, the color intensity of a composition (e.g., a pharmaceutical formulation) comprising a polypeptide (e.g., a therapeutic polypeptide) produced using a cell culture medium provided herein can be reduced by any amount, including, but not limited to, at least about 0.1%, 0.5%, 1%, 2%, 3%, 4%, 5% or more, compared to a composition comprising the polypeptide produced using a cell culture medium that does not contain one or more of the components in Table 1 or Table 2.
可以向适用于培养细胞的市售培养基,例如,但不限于,Ham’s F10(Sigma),极限必需培养基([MEM],Sigma),RPMI-1640(Sigma),Dulbecco氏改良的Eagle氏培养基([DMEM],Sigma),Luria broth(LB)和Terrific broth(TB),补充任何本文详述的培养基组分(例如,通过使用所提供的试剂盒)。此外,可以向Ham and Wallace,Meth.Enz.,58:44(1979),Barnes and Sato,Anal.Biochem.,102:255(1980),Vijayasankaran et al.,Biomacromolecules.,6:605:611(2005),Patkar et al.,J Biotechnology,93:217-229(2002),U.S.Pat.Nos.4,767,704;4,657,866;4,927,762;或4,560,655;WO 90/03430;WO87/00195;U.S.Pat.No.Re.30,985;或U.S.Pat.No.5,122,469描述的任何培养基中,补充本文详述的任何培养基组分(例如,通过使用所提供的试剂盒),所有这些文献的公开内容通过引用整体并入本文。Commercially available media suitable for culturing cells, such as, but not limited to, Ham's F10 (Sigma), Minimal Essential Medium ([MEM], Sigma), RPMI-1640 (Sigma), Dulbecco's Modified Eagle's Medium ([DMEM], Sigma), Luria broth (LB) and Terrific broth (TB), can be supplemented with any of the media components detailed herein (e.g., by using the provided kits). In addition, reference may be made to Ham and Wallace, Meth. Enz., 58:44 (1979), Barnes and Sato, Anal. Biochem., 102:255 (1980), Vijayasankaran et al., Biomacromolecules., 6:605:611 (2005), Patkar et al., J Biotechnology, 93:217-229 (2002), U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,767,704; 4,657,866; 4,927,762; or 4,560,655; WO 90/03430; WO 87/00195; U.S. Pat. No. Re. 30,985; or U.S. Pat. No. 5,122,469, the disclosures of all of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety, supplemented with any of the medium components detailed herein (e.g., by using the provided kits).
在一些实施方案中,本文提供的细胞培养基包含胱氨酸且不含半胱氨酸。在一些实施方案中,本文提供的细胞培养基包含柠檬酸铁且不含硫酸亚铁。在一些实施方案中,本文提供的细胞培养基不含半胱氨酸和硫酸亚铁。在一些实施方案中,培养基不含半胱氨酸和硫酸亚铁,并且包括胱氨酸和/或柠檬酸铁。在本文的任何实施方案中,细胞培养基可以是基础培养基或补料培养基。氨基酸,维生素,微量元素和其他培养基组分可以以一倍或两倍于欧洲专利EP 307,247或美国专利6,180,401中所述及的范围使用,这些文献通过整体引用并入本文。In some embodiments, the cell culture medium provided herein comprises cystine and does not contain cysteine. In some embodiments, the cell culture medium provided herein comprises ferric citrate and does not contain ferrous sulfate. In some embodiments, the cell culture medium provided herein does not contain cysteine and ferrous sulfate. In some embodiments, the culture medium does not contain cysteine and ferrous sulfate and includes cystine and/or ferric citrate. In any embodiment herein, the cell culture medium can be a basal medium or a feed medium. Amino acids, vitamins, trace elements and other culture medium components can be used in one or two times the ranges described in European Patent EP 307,247 or U.S. Patent 6,180,401, which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.
本文提供的任何培养基也可以根据需要补充激素和/或其它生长因子(例如胰岛素、转铁蛋白或表皮生长因子),离子(例如钠、氯、钙、镁和磷酸盐),缓冲液(例如HEPES),核苷(例如腺苷和胸苷),微量元素(定义为通常以微摩尔范围的终浓度存在的无机化合物),和葡萄糖或等同能源。在一些方面,本文提供的细胞培养基包含源自植物或动物的蛋白质。在一些实施方案中,本文提供的细胞培养物不含源自植物或动物的蛋白质。也可以以本领域技术人员熟知的适当浓度包括任何其它必需补充物。Any culture medium provided herein may also be supplemented as needed with hormones and/or other growth factors (e.g., insulin, transferrin, or epidermal growth factor), ions (e.g., sodium, chloride, calcium, magnesium, and phosphate), buffers (e.g., HEPES), nucleosides (e.g., adenosine and thymidine), trace elements (defined as inorganic compounds typically present at final concentrations in the micromolar range), and glucose or an equivalent energy source. In some aspects, the cell culture medium provided herein comprises plant- or animal-derived proteins. In some embodiments, the cell culture medium provided herein does not contain plant- or animal-derived proteins. Any other necessary supplements may also be included at appropriate concentrations well known to those skilled in the art.
III.本发明的方法和应用III. Methods and Applications of the Invention
本发明提供在本文提供的细胞培养基中培养细胞用于生产目的多肽的方法。在一些方面,提供用于培养包含编码目的多肽的核酸的细胞的方法,其中该方法包括使细胞与细胞培养基接触的步骤,其中细胞培养基包含选自亚牛磺酸、s-羧甲基半胱氨酸、肌肽、鹅肌肽、丁基化羟基苯甲醚、硫辛酸和槲皮苷水合物的一种或多种组分。在一些实施方案中,提供用于培养包含编码目的多肽的核酸的细胞的方法,其中该方法包括使细胞与细胞培养基接触的步骤,其中细胞培养基包含选自(a)亚牛磺酸,(b)s-羧甲基半胱氨酸,(c)肌肽,(d)鹅肌肽,(e)丁基化羟基苯甲醚,(f)硫辛酸;(g)槲皮苷水合物;及(h)氨基胍的一种或多种组分,其中相比于包含在不含该组分(a)-(h)之一种或多种的细胞培养基中培养的细胞所生产的多肽的组合物,包含组分(a)-(h)之一种或多种的细胞培养基降低包含细胞所生产的多肽的组合物的颜色强度。在一些实施方案中,包含所述多肽的组合物的颜色强度降低至少约0.1%。在一些实施方案中,包含所述多肽的组合物的颜色强度降低至少约5%。在一些实施方案中,包含所述多肽的组合物的颜色强度降低约10%至约30%。在一些实施方案中,包含所述多肽的组合物的颜色强度降低约5%至约75%。在此的一些实施方案中,细胞培养基以选自下述的量包含一种或多种组分:(a)亚牛磺酸约2.0mM至约50.0mM的浓度,(b)s-羧甲基半胱氨酸约8.0mM至约12.0mM的浓度,(c)肌肽约8.0mM至约12.0mM的浓度,(d)鹅肌肽约3.0mM至约5.0mM的浓度,(e)丁基化羟基苯甲醚约0.025mM至约0.040mM的浓度,(f)硫辛酸约0.040mM至约0.060mM的浓度,(g)槲皮水合物约0.010mM至约0.020mM的浓度,和(h)氨基胍约0.0003mM至约20mM的浓度。在此的一些实施方案中,选自(a)亚牛磺酸,(b)s-羧甲基半胱氨酸,(c)肌肽,(d)鹅肌肽,(e)丁基化羟基苯甲醚,(f)硫辛酸;(g)槲皮苷水合物;及(h)氨基胍的所述一种或多种组分在14天的细胞培养周期的第0天被添加到细胞培养基中。The present invention provides methods for culturing cells in the cell culture medium provided herein for producing a polypeptide of interest. In some aspects, methods are provided for culturing cells comprising a nucleic acid encoding a polypeptide of interest, wherein the method comprises contacting the cells with a cell culture medium, wherein the cell culture medium comprises one or more components selected from the group consisting of hypotaurine, S-carboxymethylcysteine, carnosine, anserine, butylated hydroxyanisole, lipoic acid, and quercetin hydrate. In some embodiments, a method for culturing a cell comprising a nucleic acid encoding a polypeptide of interest is provided, wherein the method comprises contacting the cell with a cell culture medium, wherein the cell culture medium comprises one or more components selected from the group consisting of (a) hypotaurine, (b) s-carboxymethylcysteine, (c) carnosine, (d) anserine, (e) butylated hydroxyanisole, (f) lipoic acid; (g) quercetin hydrate; and (h) aminoguanidine, wherein the cell culture medium comprising one or more of components (a)-(h) reduces the color intensity of a composition comprising the polypeptide produced by the cell compared to a composition comprising the polypeptide produced by cells cultured in a cell culture medium that does not contain one or more of the components (a)-(h). In some embodiments, the color intensity of the composition comprising the polypeptide is reduced by at least about 0.1%. In some embodiments, the color intensity of the composition comprising the polypeptide is reduced by at least about 5%. In some embodiments, the color intensity of the composition comprising the polypeptide is reduced by about 10% to about 30%. In some embodiments, the color intensity of the composition comprising the polypeptide is reduced by about 5% to about 75%. In some embodiments herein, the cell culture medium comprises one or more components in an amount selected from the group consisting of: (a) hypotaurine at a concentration of about 2.0 mM to about 50.0 mM, (b) s-carboxymethylcysteine at a concentration of about 8.0 mM to about 12.0 mM, (c) carnosine at a concentration of about 8.0 mM to about 12.0 mM, (d) anserine at a concentration of about 3.0 mM to about 5.0 mM, (e) butylated hydroxyanisole at a concentration of about 0.025 mM to about 0.040 mM, (f) lipoic acid at a concentration of about 0.040 mM to about 0.060 mM, (g) quercetin hydrate at a concentration of about 0.010 mM to about 0.020 mM, and (h) aminoguanidine at a concentration of about 0.0003 mM to about 20 mM. In some embodiments herein, the one or more components selected from (a) hypotaurine, (b) s-carboxymethylcysteine, (c) carnosine, (d) anserine, (e) butylated hydroxyanisole, (f) lipoic acid; (g) quercetin hydrate; and (h) aminoguanidine are added to the cell culture medium on day 0 of a 14-day cell culture cycle.
在一些其它方面,提供培养包含编码目的多肽的核酸的细胞的方法,其中该方法包括使细胞与包含亚牛磺酸或其类似物或前体的细胞培养基接触的步骤。在一些实施方案中,提供用于培养包含编码目的多肽的核酸的细胞的方法,其中该方法包括使细胞与包含亚牛磺酸或其类似物或前体的细胞培养基接触的步骤,并且其中相比于包含在不含亚牛磺酸或其类似物或前体的细胞培养基中培养的细胞所生产的多肽的组合物的颜色强度,包含亚牛磺酸或其类似物或前体的细胞培养基降低包含细胞所生产的多肽的组合物的颜色强度。在一些实施方案中,包含所述多肽的组合物的颜色强度降低至少约0.1%。在一些实施方案中,包含所述多肽的组合物的颜色强度降低至少约5%。在一些实施方案中,包含所述多肽的组合物的颜色强度降低约10%至约30%。在一些实施方案,细胞培养基包含浓度为至少约0.0001mM的亚牛磺酸或其类似物或前体。在一些实施方案,细胞培养基包含浓度为从约0.5mM至约500mM的亚牛磺酸或其类似物或前体。在一些实施方案中,细胞培养基包含浓度为约1.0mM至约40mM的亚牛磺酸或其类似物或前体。在一些实施方案,亚牛磺酸或其类似物或前体选自亚牛磺酸、s-羧甲基半胱氨酸、半胱胺、半胱亚磺酸和牛磺酸。在此的一些实施方案中,亚牛磺酸或其类似物或前体在14天的细胞培养周期的第0天加入到细胞培养基中。在一些实施方案中,亚牛磺酸或其类似物或前体在细胞培养周期的过程中不以递增方式添加到细胞培养基中。In some other aspects, a method for culturing a cell comprising a nucleic acid encoding a polypeptide of interest is provided, wherein the method includes contacting the cell with a cell culture medium comprising hypotaurine or its analog or precursor. In some embodiments, a method for culturing a cell comprising a nucleic acid encoding a polypeptide of interest is provided, wherein the method includes contacting the cell with a cell culture medium comprising hypotaurine or its analog or precursor, and wherein the cell culture medium comprising hypotaurine or its analog or precursor reduces the color intensity of the composition comprising the polypeptide produced by the cell compared to the color intensity of the composition comprising the polypeptide produced by cells cultured in a cell culture medium without hypotaurine or its analog or precursor. In some embodiments, the color intensity of the composition comprising the polypeptide is reduced by at least about 0.1%. In some embodiments, the color intensity of the composition comprising the polypeptide is reduced by at least about 5%. In some embodiments, the color intensity of the composition comprising the polypeptide is reduced by about 10% to about 30%. In some embodiments, the cell culture medium comprises hypotaurine or its analog or precursor at a concentration of at least about 0.0001 mM. In some embodiments, the cell culture medium comprises hypotaurine or its analog or precursor at a concentration of from about 0.5 mM to about 500 mM. In some embodiments, the cell culture medium comprises hypotaurine or its analog or precursor at a concentration of from about 1.0 mM to about 40 mM. In some embodiments, hypotaurine or its analog or precursor is selected from hypotaurine, s-carboxymethylcysteine, cysteamine, cysteinesulfinic acid, and taurine. In some embodiments herein, hypotaurine or its analog or precursor is added to the cell culture medium on day 0 of a 14-day cell culture cycle. In some embodiments, hypotaurine or its analog or precursor is not added to the cell culture medium in an incremental manner during the cell culture cycle.
本文还提供生产目的多肽的方法,包括在细胞培养基中培养包含编码该多肽的核酸的细胞的步骤,其中该细胞培养基包含选自(a)亚牛磺酸,(b)s-羧甲基半胱氨酸,(c)肌肽,(d)鹅肌肽,(e)丁基化羟基苯甲醚,(f)硫辛酸,(g)槲皮水合物,和(h)氨基胍的一种或多种组分。在一些实施方案中,本文提供生产目的多肽的方法,包括在细胞培养基中培养包含编码该多肽的核酸的细胞的步骤,其中该细胞培养基包含选自(a)亚牛磺酸,(b)s-羧甲基半胱氨酸,(c)肌肽,(d)鹅肌肽,(e)丁基化羟基苯甲醚,(f)硫辛酸,(g)槲皮水合物,和(h)氨基胍的一种或多种组分,以及其中相比于包含在不含该组分(a)-(h)之一种或多种的细胞培养基中培养的细胞所生产的多肽的组合物,包含组分(a)-(h)之一种或多种的细胞培养基降低包含细胞所生产的多肽的组合物的颜色强度。在一些实施方案中,包含所述多肽的组合物的颜色强度降低至少约0.1%。在一些实施方案中,包含所述多肽的组合物的颜色强度降低至少约5%。在一些实施方案中,包含所述多肽的组合物的颜色强度降低约10%至约30%。在一些实施方案中,包含所述多肽的组合物的颜色强度降低约5%至约75%。在此的一些实施方案中,细胞培养基以选自如下的量包含一种或多种组分:(a)亚牛磺酸约2.0mM至约50.0mM的浓度,(b)s-羧甲基半胱氨酸约8.0mM至约12.0mM的浓度,(c)肌肽约8.0mM至约12.0mM的浓度,(d)鹅肌肽约3.0mM至约5.0mM的浓度,(e)丁基化羟基苯甲醚约0.025mM至约0.040mM的浓度,(f)硫辛酸约0.040mM至约0.060mM的浓度,(g)槲皮苷水合物约0.010mM至约0.020mM的浓度,和(h)氨基胍约0.0003mM至约20mM的浓度。在此的一些实施方案中,选自(a)亚牛磺酸,(b)s-羧甲基半胱氨酸,(c)肌肽,(d)鹅肌肽,(e)丁基化羟基苯甲醚,(f)硫辛酸;(g)槲皮苷水合物;及(h)氨基胍的所述一种或多种组分在14天的细胞培养周期的第0天被添加到细胞培养基中。Also provided herein is a method for producing a polypeptide of interest, comprising the step of culturing cells comprising a nucleic acid encoding the polypeptide in a cell culture medium, wherein the cell culture medium comprises one or more components selected from the group consisting of (a) hypotaurine, (b) s-carboxymethylcysteine, (c) carnosine, (d) anserine, (e) butylated hydroxyanisole, (f) lipoic acid, (g) quercetin hydrate, and (h) aminoguanidine. In some embodiments, provided herein is a method for producing a polypeptide of interest, comprising culturing cells comprising a nucleic acid encoding the polypeptide in a cell culture medium, wherein the cell culture medium comprises one or more components selected from the group consisting of (a) hypotaurine, (b) s-carboxymethylcysteine, (c) carnosine, (d) anserine, (e) butylated hydroxyanisole, (f) lipoic acid, (g) quercetin hydrate, and (h) aminoguanidine, and wherein the cell culture medium comprising one or more of components (a)-(h) reduces the color intensity of a composition comprising the polypeptide produced by the cells compared to a composition comprising the polypeptide produced by cells cultured in a cell culture medium that does not contain one or more of the components (a)-(h). In some embodiments, the color intensity of the composition comprising the polypeptide is reduced by at least about 0.1%. In some embodiments, the color intensity of the composition comprising the polypeptide is reduced by at least about 5%. In some embodiments, the color intensity of the composition comprising the polypeptide is reduced by about 10% to about 30%. In some embodiments, the color intensity of the composition comprising the polypeptide is reduced by about 5% to about 75%. In some embodiments herein, the cell culture medium comprises one or more components in an amount selected from the group consisting of: (a) hypotaurine at a concentration of about 2.0 mM to about 50.0 mM, (b) s-carboxymethylcysteine at a concentration of about 8.0 mM to about 12.0 mM, (c) carnosine at a concentration of about 8.0 mM to about 12.0 mM, (d) anserine at a concentration of about 3.0 mM to about 5.0 mM, (e) butylated hydroxyanisole at a concentration of about 0.025 mM to about 0.040 mM, (f) lipoic acid at a concentration of about 0.040 mM to about 0.060 mM, (g) quercetin hydrate at a concentration of about 0.010 mM to about 0.020 mM, and (h) aminoguanidine at a concentration of about 0.0003 mM to about 20 mM. In some embodiments herein, the one or more components selected from (a) hypotaurine, (b) s-carboxymethylcysteine, (c) carnosine, (d) anserine, (e) butylated hydroxyanisole, (f) lipoic acid; (g) quercetin hydrate; and (h) aminoguanidine are added to the cell culture medium on day 0 of a 14-day cell culture cycle.
在另一个方面,本文提供生产目的多肽的方法,包括在细胞培养基中培养包含编码该多肽的核酸的细胞的步骤。在一些实施方案中,本文提供生产目的多肽的方法,包括在细胞培养基中培养包含编码该多肽的核酸的细胞的步骤,其中细胞培养基包含亚牛磺酸或其类似物或前体,其中相比于包含在不含亚牛磺酸或其类似物或前体的细胞培养基中培养的细胞所生产的多肽的组合物的颜色强度,包含亚牛磺酸或其类似物或前体的细胞培养基降低包含细胞所生产的多肽的组合物的颜色强度。在一些实施方案中,包含所述多肽的组合物的颜色强度降低至少约0.1%。在一些实施方案中,包含所述多肽的组合物的颜色强度降低至少约5%。在一些实施方案中,包含所述多肽的组合物的颜色强度降低约10%至约30%。在一些实施方案,细胞培养基包含浓度为至少约0.0001mM的亚牛磺酸或其类似物或前体。在一些实施方案,细胞培养基包含浓度为约0.5mM至约500mM的亚牛磺酸或其类似物或前体。在一些实施方案中,细胞培养基包含浓度为约1.0mM至约40mM的亚牛磺酸或其类似物或前体。在一些实施方案,亚牛磺酸或其类似物或前体选自亚牛磺酸、s-羧甲基半胱氨酸、半胱胺、半胱亚磺酸和牛磺酸。在此的一些实施方案中,亚牛磺酸或其类似物或前体在14天的细胞培养周期的第0天加入到细胞培养基中。在一些实施方案中,亚牛磺酸或其类似物或前体在细胞培养周期的过程中并不以递增方式添加到细胞培养基中。In another aspect, provided herein is a method for producing a polypeptide of interest, comprising culturing cells comprising a nucleic acid encoding the polypeptide in a cell culture medium. In some embodiments, provided herein is a method for producing a polypeptide of interest, comprising culturing cells comprising a nucleic acid encoding the polypeptide in a cell culture medium, wherein the cell culture medium comprises hypotaurine or an analog or precursor thereof, wherein the cell culture medium comprising hypotaurine or an analog or precursor thereof reduces the color intensity of the composition comprising the polypeptide produced by the cells compared to the color intensity of the composition comprising the polypeptide produced by cells cultured in a cell culture medium that does not contain hypotaurine or an analog or precursor thereof. In some embodiments, the color intensity of the composition comprising the polypeptide is reduced by at least about 0.1%. In some embodiments, the color intensity of the composition comprising the polypeptide is reduced by at least about 5%. In some embodiments, the color intensity of the composition comprising the polypeptide is reduced by about 10% to about 30%. In some embodiments, the cell culture medium comprises hypotaurine or an analog or precursor thereof at a concentration of at least about 0.0001 mM. In some embodiments, the cell culture medium comprises hypotaurine or an analog or precursor thereof at a concentration of about 0.5 mM to about 500 mM. In some embodiments, the cell culture medium comprises hypotaurine, or an analog or precursor thereof, at a concentration of about 1.0 mM to about 40 mM. In some embodiments, the hypotaurine, or an analog or precursor thereof, is selected from the group consisting of hypotaurine, s-carboxymethylcysteine, cysteamine, cysteinesulfinic acid, and taurine. In some embodiments herein, the hypotaurine, or an analog or precursor thereof, is added to the cell culture medium on day 0 of a 14-day cell culture cycle. In some embodiments, the hypotaurine, or an analog or precursor thereof, is not added to the cell culture medium in an incremental manner during the cell culture cycle.
在此的任何实施方案中,本文所述方法中使用的细胞培养基可以是化学确定的细胞培养基或化学不确定的细胞培养基。本文所提供的细胞培养基可用作基础细胞培养基或补料细胞培养基。在一些实施方案中,本文提供的细胞培养基在细胞生长期用于培养细胞的方法中。在一些实施方案中,本文提供的细胞培养基在细胞生产期用于培养细胞的方法中。在此任何方法中,细胞可以是哺乳动物细胞,如CHO细胞。在一些实施方案中,目的多肽是抗体或其片段。In any embodiment of this, the cell culture medium used in the methods described herein can be a chemically determined cell culture medium or a chemically uncertain cell culture medium. The cell culture medium provided herein can be used as a basal cell culture medium or a feed cell culture medium. In some embodiments, the cell culture medium provided herein is used in the method for culturing cells during the cell growth phase. In some embodiments, the cell culture medium provided herein is used in the method for culturing cells during the cell production phase. In any of these methods, the cell can be a mammalian cell, such as a Chinese hamster ovary celI. In some embodiments, the target polypeptide is an antibody or a fragment thereof.
在本文进一步的实施方案中,回收目的多肽。对于含有所回收的多肽的组合物,可以在使用如本文所述的定量或定性颜色测定法进行颜色强度评估之前进行至少一个纯化步骤。在一些实施方案中,含有所回收的多肽的组合物是液体组合物或非液体组合物。在一些实施方案中,含有所回收的多肽的液体组合物或非液体组合物可使用如本文所述或本领域中已知的颜色测定法评估颜色强度。例如,含有所回收的多肽的非液体组合物可以是冻干组合物,其随后可以在测量颜色强度之前被重构。在本文的一些实施方案中,相比于包含在不含本文所述的培养基组分(例如,亚牛磺酸或其类似物或前体)的细胞培养基中培养的细胞所生产的多肽的组合物的颜色强度,包含在本文提供的细胞培养基中培养的细胞所生产的多肽的组合物的颜色强度降低至少约0.1%。在一些实施方案中,颜色强度降低至少约0.1%,至少约0.2%,至少约0.3%,至少约0.4%,至少约0.5%,至少约0.6%,至少约0.7%,至少约0.8%,至少约0.8%,或至少约0.9%至约1.0%。在一些实施方案中,颜色强度降低至少约1%,至少约2%,至少约3%,至少约4%,至少约5%,至少约10%,至少约15%,至少约20%,至少约25%,至少约30%,至少约35%,至少约40%,至少约45%,至少约50%,至少约60%,至少约70%,至少约80%,或至少约90%至约100%。在一些实施方案中,颜色强度降低约0.1%,约0.2%,约0.3%,约0.4%,约0.5%,约0.6%,约0.7%,约0.8%,约0.9%至约1.0%。在一些实施方案中,颜色强度降低约1%,约2%,约3%,约4%,约5%,约6%,约7%,约8%,约9%,约10%,约11%,约12%,约13%,约14%,约15%,约16%,约17%,约18%,约19%,约20%,约21%,约22%,约23%,约24%,约25%,约26%,约27%,约28%,约29%,约30%,约31%,约32%,约33%,约34%,约35%,约45%,约50%,约60%,约70%,约80%,约90%至约100%。在一些实施方案中,颜色强度降低约1%至约10%,约5%至约15%,约5%至约20%,约5%至约25%,约5%至约30%,约5%至约35%,约5%至约40%,约5%至约45%,约5%至约50%,约10%至约20%,或约15%至约25%。在一些实施方案中,包含所回收的多肽的组合物显示为无色或带轻微颜色的液体或组合物。液体或组合物可以使用如本文所描述的颜色测定法或本领域技术人员已知的颜色测定法确定为无色或带轻微颜色。在进一步的实施方案中,组合物是药物组合物,其任选地进一步包含如本文所述的药学上可接受的载体。In further embodiments herein, reclaim the polypeptide of interest. For compositions containing the recovered polypeptide, at least one purification step can be carried out before using quantitative or qualitative color determination as described herein to assess color intensity. In some embodiments, the compositions containing the recovered polypeptide are liquid compositions or non-liquid compositions. In some embodiments, the liquid compositions or non-liquid compositions containing the recovered polypeptide can be assessed by color determination as described herein or as known in the art. For example, the non-liquid compositions containing the recovered polypeptide can be lyophilized compositions, which can be reconstructed subsequently before measuring color intensity. In some embodiments herein, the color intensity of the compositions of the polypeptide produced by cells cultivated in a cell culture medium provided herein is reduced by at least about 0.1%, compared to the color intensity of the compositions of the polypeptide produced by cells cultivated in a cell culture medium that does not contain culture components as described herein (for example, hypotaurine or its analogs or precursors). In some embodiments, the color intensity is reduced by at least about 0.1%, at least about 0.2%, at least about 0.3%, at least about 0.4%, at least about 0.5%, at least about 0.6%, at least about 0.7%, at least about 0.8%, at least about 0.8%, or at least about 0.9% to about 1.0%. In some embodiments, the color intensity is reduced by at least about 1%, at least about 2%, at least about 3%, at least about 4%, at least about 5%, at least about 10%, at least about 15%, at least about 20%, at least about 25%, at least about 30%, at least about 35%, at least about 40%, at least about 45%, at least about 50%, at least about 60%, at least about 70%, at least about 80%, or at least about 90% to about 100%. In some embodiments, the color intensity is reduced by about 0.1%, about 0.2%, about 0.3%, about 0.4%, about 0.5%, about 0.6%, about 0.7%, about 0.8%, about 0.9% to about 1.0%. In some embodiments, the color intensity is reduced by about 1%, about 2%, about 3%, about 4%, about 5%, about 6%, about 7%, about 8%, about 9%, about 10%, about 11%, about 12%, about 13%, about 14%, about 15%, about 16%, about 17%, about 18%, about 19%, about 20%, about 21%, about 22%, about 23%, about 24%, about 25%, about 26%, about 27%, about 28%, about 29%, about 30%, about 31%, about 32%, about 33%, about 34%, about 35%, about 45%, about 50%, about 60%, about 70%, about 80%, about 90% to about 100%. In some embodiments, color intensity is reduced by about 1% to about 10%, about 5% to about 15%, about 5% to about 20%, about 5% to about 25%, about 5% to about 30%, about 5% to about 35%, about 5% to about 40%, about 5% to about 45%, about 5% to about 50%, about 10% to about 20%, or about 15% to about 25%. In some embodiments, the composition comprising the recovered polypeptide is displayed as a colorless or slightly colored liquid or composition. Liquid or composition can be determined as colorless or slightly colored using a color determination method as described herein or a color determination method known to those skilled in the art. In a further embodiment, the composition is a pharmaceutical composition, which optionally further comprises a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier as described herein.
本发明还提供施用本文所述多肽的方法。例如,提供用于向个体施用包含多肽的制剂的方法,其中所述制剂具有浓度大于至少约100mg/mL、至少约125mg/mL或至少约150mg/mL的多肽,并具有通过COC测定法测定的大于B3、B4、B5、B6、B7、B8或B9的颜色强度值。在一些方面,通过COC测定法测定的颜色强度值可以是,但不限于,B、BY、Y、GY或R中的任一个,其中较高的值指示较浅的颜色强度。包含目的多肽的制剂可以是适于注射的,例如皮下注射到个体(例如,皮下注射至人)。在一些方面,适于注射(例如适于皮下注射)的包含目的多肽的制剂具有大于至少100mg/mL、至少125mg/mL或至少150mg/mL的浓度,且具有通过COC测定法测量的大于B3、B4、B5、B6、B7、B8或B9的颜色强度值。在一些方面,通过COC测定法测定的颜色强度值可以是,但不限于,B、BY、Y、GY或R中的任一个,其中较高的值指示较浅的颜色强度。The present invention also provides the method for using polypeptide as described herein.For example, provide for the method for using the preparation comprising polypeptide to individual, wherein the preparation has a concentration greater than at least about 100mg/mL, at least about 125mg/mL or at least about 150mg/mL polypeptide, and has the color intensity value greater than B3, B4, B5, B6, B7, B8 or B9 measured by COC assay.In some respects, the color intensity value measured by COC assay can be, but is not limited to, any one of B, BY, Y, GY or R, wherein the higher value indicates the lighter color intensity.The preparation comprising the polypeptide of interest can be suitable for injection, such as subcutaneous injection to individual (for example, subcutaneous injection to people).In some respects, the preparation comprising the polypeptide of interest suitable for injection (for example, suitable for subcutaneous injection) has a concentration greater than at least 100mg/mL, at least 125mg/mL or at least 150mg/mL, and has the color intensity value greater than B3, B4, B5, B6, B7, B8 or B9 measured by COC assay. In some aspects, the color intensity value determined by the COC assay can be, but is not limited to, any of B, BY, Y, GY, or R, where higher values indicate lighter color intensity.
其它方法在整个本说明书中,例如,发明概述部分及其它地方提供。Other methods are provided throughout this specification, for example, in the Summary of the Invention section and elsewhere.
多肽生产Peptide production
本文详述的细胞培养基可以在培养细胞以生产多肽(包括特定抗体)的方法中使用。该培养基可以在通过分批培养、补料分批培养或灌注培养来培养细胞的方法中使用,并且可以在生产任何多肽的方法中使用(包括如本文所述的多肽的任何方面或实施方案)。通过本文详述的组合物(例如,在本文所提供的细胞培养基中培养的细胞)和方法生产的以及存在于本文提供的组合物(例如,包含所产生的多肽的细胞培养基)中的多肽可以与宿主细胞是同源的,或者优选地可以是外源的,这意味着它们相对于所用的宿主细胞是异源的(即外来的),例如通过中国仓鼠卵巢细胞产生的人蛋白,或由哺乳动物细胞产生的酵母多肽。在一个变型形式中,多肽是由宿主细胞直接分泌到培养基中的哺乳动物多肽(如抗体)。在另一变型形式中,通过裂解包含编码该多肽的核酸的细胞,释放多肽到培养基中。The cell culture medium that this paper describes in detail can use in the method for culturing cells to produce polypeptide (comprising specific antibodies).This culture medium can use in the method for culturing cells by batch culture, fed batch culture or perfusion culture, and can use (comprising any aspect or embodiment of polypeptide as described herein) in the method for producing any polypeptide.For example, by the compositions that this paper describes in detail (, the cell cultivated in the cell culture medium that this paper provides) and method production and the polypeptide that is present in the compositions that this paper provides (for example, the cell culture medium that comprises the polypeptide produced) can be homologous with host cell, or preferably can be external source, this means that they are allos (i.e. external) with respect to used host cell, for example, the people's protein that produces by Chinese hamster ovary cell, or the yeast polypeptide that is produced by mammalian cell.In a variant form, polypeptide is directly secreted into the mammalian polypeptide (such as antibody) in the culture medium by host cell.In another variant form, by cracking the cell that comprises the nucleic acid of encoding this polypeptide, release polypeptide in culture medium.
任何在宿主细胞中可表达的多肽均可根据本公开内容生产,并可以存在于本发明组合物中。该多肽可由宿主细胞内源性的基因表达,或者由通过基因工程而导入宿主细胞中的基因表达。该多肽可以是天然发生的,或可替代地具有经工程改造的或人工选择的序列。工程化多肽可从分别天然存在的其他多肽片段组装,或可包括一个或多个非天然存在的片段。Any polypeptide that is expressible in a host cell may be produced according to the present disclosure and may be present in the compositions of the present invention. The polypeptide may be expressed by a gene endogenous to the host cell, or by a gene introduced into the host cell through genetic engineering. The polypeptide may be naturally occurring, or alternatively may have an engineered or artificially selected sequence. Engineered polypeptides may be assembled from other naturally occurring polypeptide fragments, or may include one or more non-naturally occurring fragments.
关于可能期望根据本发明表达的多肽,常常可以基于目的的生物学或化学活性来选择。例如,可采用本发明表达任何药学或商业相关的酶、受体、抗体、激素、调控因子、抗原、结合剂等等。About the polypeptide that may be expected to express according to the present invention, can often be selected based on the biological or chemical activity of purpose.For example, can adopt the present invention to express any pharmaceutical or commercial relevant enzyme, receptor, antibody, hormone, regulatory factor, antigen, binding agent etc.
在细胞培养物中生产多肽(例如抗体)的方法是本领域公知的。本文提供了在细胞培养物中生产抗体(例如,全长抗体、抗体片段和多特异性抗体)的非限制性示范性方法。本文的方法可以由本领域技术人员进行适应性调整而用于生产其它蛋白质,例如基于蛋白质的抑制剂。对于一般熟知的和常规采用的生产蛋白质(如治疗性蛋白质)的技术和程序,参见Molecular Cloning:A Laboratory Manual(Sambrook et al.,4th ed.,Cold SpringHarbor Laboratory Press,Cold Spring Harbor,N.Y.,2012);Current Protocols inMolecular Biology(F.M.Ausubel,et al.eds.,2003);Short Protocols in MolecularBiology(Ausubel et al.,eds.,J.Wiley and Sons,2002);Current Protocols inProtein Science,(Horswill et al.,2006);Antibodies,A Laboratory Manual(Harlowand Lane,eds.,1988);Culture of Animal Cells:A Manual of Basic Technique andSpecialized Applications(R.I.Freshney,6th ed.,J.Wiley and Sons,2010),所有这些文献在此通过整体引用并入本文。Methods for producing polypeptides (e.g., antibodies) in cell culture are well known in the art. Non-limiting exemplary methods for producing antibodies (e.g., full-length antibodies, antibody fragments, and multispecific antibodies) in cell culture are provided herein. The methods herein can be adapted by those skilled in the art for the production of other proteins, such as protein-based inhibitors. For generally known and routinely employed techniques and procedures for producing proteins (e.g., therapeutic proteins), see Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual (Sambrook et al., 4 th ed., Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, NY, 2012); Current Protocols in Molecular Biology (FM Ausubel, et al. eds., 2003); Short Protocols in Molecular Biology (Ausubel et al., eds., J. Wiley and Sons, 2002); Current Protocols in Protein Science, (Horswill et al., 2006); Antibodies, A Laboratory Manual (Harlow and Lane, eds., 1988); Culture of Animal Cells: A Manual of Basic Technique and Specialized Applications (RI Freshney, 6 th ed., J. Wiley and Sons, 2010), all of which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety.
(A)抗体的制备(A) Antibody Preparation
可以使用本文提供的细胞培养基在细胞培养物中生产针对目的抗原的抗体。优选地,该抗原是生物学上重要的多肽并且向患有病症的哺乳动物施用包含该抗体的组合物可以在该哺乳动物中产生治疗益处。Antibodies to an antigen of interest can be produced in cell culture using the cell culture media provided herein. Preferably, the antigen is a biologically important polypeptide and administration of a composition comprising the antibody to a mammal suffering from a disorder can produce a therapeutic benefit in the mammal.
(i)抗原制备(i) Antigen preparation
可溶性抗原或其片段,任选缀合其它分子,可以用作生成抗体的免疫原。对于跨膜分子,例如受体,其片段(例如受体的胞外域)可用作免疫原。或者,表达跨膜分子的细胞可以用作免疫原。这样的细胞可以源自天然来源(例如癌细胞系),或者可以是已通过重组技术转化以表达跨膜分子的细胞。可用于制备抗体的其它抗原及其形式将是本领域技术人员显而易见的。Soluble antigens or fragments thereof, optionally conjugated to other molecules, can be used as immunogens to generate antibodies. For transmembrane molecules, such as receptors, fragments thereof (e.g., extracellular domains of receptors) can be used as immunogens. Alternatively, cells expressing transmembrane molecules can be used as immunogens. Such cells can be derived from natural sources (e.g., cancer cell lines), or can be cells transformed by recombinant technology to express transmembrane molecules. Other antigens and forms thereof that can be used to prepare antibodies will be apparent to those skilled in the art.
(ii)某些基于抗体的方法(ii) Certain Antibody-Based Methods
可以使用杂交瘤方法制备目的单克隆抗体,这首先描述于Kohler et al.,Nature,256:495(1975),并进一步描述于,例如Hongo et al.,Hybridoma,14(3):253-260(1995),Harlow et al.,Antibodies:A Laboratory Manual,(Cold Spring HarborLaboratory Press,2nd ed.1988);Hammerling et al.:Monoclonal Antibodies and T-Cell Hybridomas 563-681(Elsevier,N.Y.,1981)以及关于人-人杂交瘤的Ni,XiandaiMianyixue,26(4):265-268(2006)。其他方法包括描述于,例如U.S.Pat.No.7,189,826中的方法,涉及从杂交瘤细胞系生产单克隆人天然IgM抗体。人杂交瘤技术(Trioma技术)描述于Vollmers and Brandlein,Histology and Histopathology,20(3):927-937(2005)以及Vollmers and Brandlein,Methods and Findings in Experimental and ClinicalPharmacology,27(3):185-91(2005)。The monoclonal antibodies of interest can be prepared using the hybridoma method, which was first described in Kohler et al., Nature, 256:495 (1975) and further described in, for example, Hongo et al., Hybridoma, 14(3):253-260 (1995), Harlow et al., Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual, (Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, 2nd ed. 1988); Hammerling et al.: Monoclonal Antibodies and T-Cell Hybridomas 563-681 (Elsevier, N.Y., 1981) and Ni, Xiandai Mianyixue, 26(4):265-268 (2006) on human-human hybridomas. Other methods include those described in, for example, U.S. Pat. No. 7,189,826, which involves the production of monoclonal human natural IgM antibodies from hybridoma cell lines. Human hybridoma technology (Trioma technology) is described in Vollmers and Brandlein, Histology and Histopathology, 20(3):927-937 (2005) and Vollmers and Brandlein, Methods and Findings in Experimental and Clinical Pharmacology, 27(3):185-91 (2005).
对于各种其他杂交瘤技术,参见例如,US 2006/258841;US 2006/183887(全长人抗体),US 2006/059575;US 2005/287149;US 2005/100546;US 2005/026229;以及美国专利号7,078,492和7,153,507。使用杂交瘤方法生产单克隆抗体的示例性方案描述如下。在一个实施方案中,免疫小鼠或其它合适的宿主动物如仓鼠,以引发生成或能够生成将特异性结合用于免疫的蛋白质的抗体的淋巴细胞。通过多次皮下(sc)或腹膜内(ip)注射目的多肽或其片段、以及佐剂如单磷酰脂质A(MPL)/海藻糖二氰基霉菌酸(TDM)(RibiImmunochem.Research,Inc.,Hamilton,Mont.),在动物中引发抗体。在来自免疫动物的血清中测定抗-抗原抗体,并且任选地施用加强免疫。从生产抗-抗原抗体的动物中分离淋巴细胞。或者,可以在体外免疫淋巴细胞。For various other hybridoma technologies, see, for example, US 2006/258841; US 2006/183887 (full-length human antibodies), US 2006/059575; US 2005/287149; US 2005/100546; US 2005/026229; and U.S. Patent Nos. 7,078,492 and 7,153,507. An exemplary protocol for producing monoclonal antibodies using the hybridoma method is described below. In one embodiment, mice or other suitable host animals, such as hamsters, are immunized to elicit lymphocytes that generate or are capable of generating antibodies that will specifically bind to the protein being immunized. Antibodies are elicited in animals by multiple subcutaneous (sc) or intraperitoneal (ip) injections of the polypeptide of interest or its fragment, and an adjuvant such as monophosphoryl lipid A (MPL)/trehalose dicyanomycolic acid (TDM) (Ribi Immunochem. Research, Inc., Hamilton, Mont.). Anti-antigen antibodies are measured in serum from the immunized animals, and booster immunizations are optionally administered. Lymphocytes are isolated from the animals that produce anti-antigen antibodies. Alternatively, lymphocytes can be immunized in vitro.
然后可以使用合适的融合剂,如聚乙二醇将淋巴细胞与骨髓瘤细胞融合以形成杂交瘤细胞。参见,例如,Monoclonal Antibodies:Principles and Practice,pp.59-103(Academic Press,1986)。可使用能够有效地融合、支持所选抗体生产细胞稳定且高水平地生产抗体、且对培养基(例如HAT培养基)敏感的骨髓瘤细胞。示例性的骨髓瘤细胞包括,但不限于,鼠骨髓瘤系,例如可获自Salk Institute Cell Distribution Center,SanDiego,Calif.USA的源自MOPC-21和MPC-11小鼠肿瘤的鼠骨髓瘤系,和可获自美国典型培养物保藏中心Rockville,Md.USA的SP-2或X63-Ag8-653细胞。人骨髓瘤和小鼠-人杂交瘤细胞系也已记载用于生产人单克隆抗体(Kozbor,J.Immunol.,133:3001(1984);Brodeur etal.,Monoclonal Antibody Production Techniques and Applications,pp.51-63(Marcel Dekker,Inc.,New York,1987))。Lymphocytes can then be fused with myeloma cells using a suitable fusing agent, such as polyethylene glycol, to form hybridoma cells. See, for example, Monoclonal Antibodies: Principles and Practice, pp. 59-103 (Academic Press, 1986). Myeloma cells that can effectively fuse, support stable and high-level production of antibodies by the selected antibody-producing cells, and are sensitive to culture medium (e.g., HAT culture medium) can be used. Exemplary myeloma cells include, but are not limited to, mouse myeloma lines, such as mouse myeloma lines derived from MOPC-21 and MPC-11 mouse tumors available from the Salk Institute Cell Distribution Center, San Diego, Calif. USA, and SP-2 or X63-Ag8-653 cells available from the American Type Culture Collection, Rockville, Md. USA. Human myeloma and mouse-human hybridoma cell lines have also been described for the production of human monoclonal antibodies (Kozbor, J. Immunol., 133:3001 (1984); Brodeur et al., Monoclonal Antibody Production Techniques and Applications, pp. 51-63 (Marcel Dekker, Inc., New York, 1987)).
将如此制备的杂交瘤细胞接种到合适的培养基中并生长,所述培养基为例如包含一种或多种抑制未融合的亲本骨髓瘤细胞生长或存活的物质的培养基。例如,如果亲本骨髓瘤细胞缺乏酶次黄嘌呤鸟嘌呤磷酸核糖转移酶(HGPRT或HPRT),用于杂交瘤的培养基通常包括次黄嘌呤、氨基喋呤和胸苷(HAT培养基),这些物质阻止HGPRT缺陷的细胞生长。优选地,使用无血清的杂交瘤细胞培养方法来减少动物源性血清如胎牛血清的使用,参见例如Even et al.,Trends in Biotechnology,24(3),105-108(2006)。The hybridoma cells thus prepared are inoculated into a suitable culture medium, for example, one that contains one or more substances that inhibit the growth or survival of the unfused parental myeloma cells, and grown. For example, if the parental myeloma cells lack the enzyme hypoxanthine guanine phosphoribosyltransferase (HGPRT or HPRT), the culture medium used for the hybridoma typically includes hypoxanthine, aminopterin, and thymidine (HAT medium), which prevent the growth of HGPRT-deficient cells. Preferably, a serum-free hybridoma cell culture method is used to reduce the use of animal-derived serum, such as fetal bovine serum, see, for example, Even et al., Trends in Biotechnology, 24(3), 105-108 (2006).
寡肽作为改善杂交瘤细胞培养物的生产力的工具由Franek描述于Trends inMonoclonal Antibody Research,111-122(2005)。具体而言,可以向标准培养基中添加某些氨基酸(丙氨酸、丝氨酸、天冬酰胺、脯氨酸)或添加蛋白水解产物级分,并且可以通过由三到六个氨基酸残基组成的合成寡肽显著抑制细胞凋亡。这些肽可以以毫摩尔或更高的浓度存在。Oligopeptides are described by Franek in Trends in Monoclonal Antibody Research, 111-122 (2005) as tools for improving the productivity of hybridoma cell cultures. Specifically, certain amino acids (alanine, serine, asparagine, proline) or protein hydrolysate fractions can be added to standard culture media, and apoptosis can be significantly inhibited by synthetic oligopeptides consisting of three to six amino acid residues. These peptides can be present in millimolar or higher concentrations.
可以测定生长杂交瘤细胞的培养基中的单克隆抗体生产。由杂交瘤细胞生产的单克隆抗体的结合特异性可通过免疫沉淀或通过体外结合测定法来确定,如放射免疫测定法(RIA)或酶联免疫吸附测定法(ELISA)。单克隆抗体的结合亲和力可以,例如,通过Scatchard分析来确定。参见,例如,Munson et al.,Anal.Biochem.,107:220(1980)。Monoclonal antibody production can be measured in culture medium growing hybridoma cells. The binding specificity of the monoclonal antibodies produced by hybridoma cells can be determined by immunoprecipitation or by in vitro binding assays, such as radioimmunoassay (RIA) or enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA). The binding affinity of the monoclonal antibodies can be determined, for example, by Scatchard analysis. See, for example, Munson et al., Anal. Biochem., 107: 220 (1980).
在鉴定出生产具有期望的特异性、亲和力和/或活性的抗体的杂交瘤细胞后,可将克隆通过有限稀释程序亚克隆并通过标准方法生长。参见,例如,Goding,上引文。用于此目的的合适的培养基包括例如D-MEM或RPMI-1640培养基。在一些实施方案中,杂交瘤细胞在本文提供的细胞培养基中培养。在一些实施方案中,杂交瘤细胞在包含选自亚牛磺酸、s-羧甲基半胱氨酸、鹅肌肽、丁基化羟基苯甲醚、肌肽、硫辛酸、和槲皮苷水合物的一种或多种培养基组分的细胞培养基中培养。在一些实施方案中,所述一种或多种培养基组分是亚牛磺酸或其类似物或前体。在一些实施方案中,亚牛磺酸或其类似物或前体选自亚牛磺酸、s-羧甲基半胱氨酸、半胱胺、半胱亚磺酸和牛磺酸。After identifying hybridoma cells that produce antibodies with desired specificity, affinity and/or activity, the clones can be subcloned by limiting dilution procedures and grown by standard methods. See, for example, Goding, supra. Suitable culture media for this purpose include, for example, D-MEM or RPMI-1640 culture media. In some embodiments, hybridoma cells are cultured in a cell culture medium provided herein. In some embodiments, hybridoma cells are cultured in a cell culture medium comprising one or more culture components selected from hypotaurine, s-carboxymethylcysteine, anserine, butylated hydroxyanisole, carnosine, lipoic acid, and quercetin hydrate. In some embodiments, the one or more culture components are hypotaurine or its analogs or precursors. In some embodiments, hypotaurine or its analogs or precursors are selected from hypotaurine, s-carboxymethylcysteine, cysteamine, cysteinesulfinic acid, and taurine.
可以使用重组方法来生产抗体。对于抗-抗原抗体的重组生产,分离编码该抗体的核酸,并插入到可复制载体中用于进一步克隆(DNA扩增)或表达。可使用常规方法容易地分离并测序编码该抗体的DNA(例如,通过使用能够特异性结合编码该抗体的重链和轻链的基因的寡核苷酸探针)。许多载体是可利用的。载体组件通常包括但不限于下述一种或多种:信号序列、复制起点、一种或多种标记基因、增强子元件、启动子和转录终止序列。Recombinant methods can be used to produce antibodies. For the recombinant production of anti-antigen antibodies, the nucleic acid encoding the antibody is separated and inserted into a reproducible vector for further cloning (DNA amplification) or expression. Conventional methods can be used to easily separate and sequence the DNA encoding the antibody (for example, by using oligonucleotide probes that can specifically bind to the gene encoding the heavy chain and light chain of the antibody). Many vectors are available. Vector components generally include but are not limited to one or more of the following: signal sequence, origin of replication, one or more marker genes, enhancer elements, promoters, and transcription termination sequences.
(iii)某些文库筛选方法(iii) Certain library screening methods
抗体可以通过使用组合文库筛选具有期望活性(一种或多种)的抗体来制备。例如,本领域已知多种方法可以用于生产噬菌体展示文库和筛选此文库中具有期望结合特征的抗体。这些方法一般性地描述于Hoogenboom et al.Methods in Molecular Biology178:1-37(O’Brien et al.,ed.,Human Press,Totowa,N.J.,2001)。例如,一种生产目的抗体的方法是通过使用Lee et al.,J.Mol.Biol.(2004),340(5):1073-93所述的噬菌体抗体文库。Antibodies can be prepared by screening for antibodies with the desired activity (one or more) using combinatorial libraries. For example, various methods are known in the art for producing phage display libraries and screening such libraries for antibodies with the desired binding characteristics. These methods are generally described in Hoogenboom et al. Methods in Molecular Biology 178: 1-37 (O'Brien et al., ed., Human Press, Totowa, N.J., 2001). For example, one method for producing an antibody of interest is by using a phage antibody library as described in Lee et al., J. Mol. Biol. (2004), 340 (5): 1073-93.
原则上,通过筛选含有如下噬菌体的噬菌体文库来选择合成的抗体克隆,该噬菌体展示融合至噬菌体外壳蛋白的抗体可变区(Fv)的各种片段。通过针对期望抗原的亲和层析,淘选噬菌体文库。表达能够结合期望抗原的Fv片段的克隆被吸附至抗原上,从而与文库中未结合的克隆分开。然后将结合的克隆从抗原上洗脱,而且可以通过额外的抗原吸附/洗脱循环进一步富集。可以通过设计合适的抗原筛选程序来选择目的噬菌体克隆,接着通过使用来自目的噬菌体克隆的Fv序列和合适的恒定区(Fc)序列来构建全长抗体,从而获得任何目的抗体,参见Kabat et al.,Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest,Fifth Edition,NIH Publication 91-3242,Bethesda Md.(1991),vols.1-3。In principle, synthetic antibody clones are selected by screening a phage library containing phages that display various fragments of antibody variable regions (Fv) fused to phage coat proteins. By affinity chromatography against the desired antigen, the phage library is panned. Clones expressing Fv fragments capable of binding to the desired antigen are adsorbed onto the antigen, thereby separating them from unbound clones in the library. The bound clones are then eluted from the antigen and can be further enriched by additional antigen adsorption/elution cycles. Target phage clones can be selected by designing a suitable antigen screening program, followed by constructing full-length antibodies using the Fv sequence and suitable constant region (Fc) sequence from the target phage clones to obtain any target antibody, see Kabat et al., Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, Fifth Edition, NIH Publication 91-3242, Bethesda Md. (1991), vols. 1-3.
在某些实施方案中,抗体的抗原结合结构域由两个约110个氨基酸的可变(V)区构成,其分别来自轻链(VL)和重链(VH),都呈现出三个高变环(HVR)或互补决定区(CDR)。可变结构域可以在噬菌体上功能性地展示为单链Fv(scFv)片段——其中VH和VL通过短的柔性肽共价连接,或展示为Fab片段——其中其可以各自融合到恒定结构域且非共价地相互作用,参见Winter et al.,Ann.Rev.Immunol.,12:433-455(1994)。如本文所用,将编码scFv的噬菌体克隆和编码Fab的噬菌体克隆统称为“Fv噬菌体克隆”或“Fv克隆”。In certain embodiments, the antigen-binding domain of an antibody is composed of two variable (V) regions of approximately 110 amino acids, one from a light chain (VL) and one from a heavy chain (VH), each exhibiting three hypervariable loops (HVRs) or complementarity determining regions (CDRs). The variable domains can be functionally displayed on phage as single-chain Fv (scFv) fragments, wherein the VH and VL are covalently linked by a short flexible peptide, or as Fab fragments, wherein each can be fused to a constant domain and interact non-covalently, see Winter et al., Ann. Rev. Immunol., 12: 433-455 (1994). As used herein, phage clones encoding scFv and phage clones encoding Fab are collectively referred to as "Fv phage clones" or "Fv clones".
可以通过聚合酶链反应(PCR)分别克隆VH和VL基因的库,并在噬菌体文库中随机重组,然后可以在文库中检索结合抗原的克隆,参见Winter et al.,Ann.Rev.Immunol.,12:433-455(1994)。来自经免疫的来源的文库提供针对免疫原的高亲和性抗体而不需要构建杂交瘤。或者,可以克隆幼稚库,不经任何免疫以提供针对广泛的非自身抗原及自身抗原的单一人抗体来源,参见Griffiths et al.,EMBO J,12:725-734(1993)。最后,还可以通过从干细胞克隆未重排的V基因区段,并使用含有随机序列的PCR引物以编码高度可变的CDR3区和实施体外重排,从而合成制备幼稚文库,参见Hoogenboom and Winter,J.Mol.Biol.,227:381-388(1992)。Repertoires of VH and VL genes can be cloned separately by polymerase chain reaction (PCR) and randomly recombined in a phage library, after which clones that bind to the antigen can be retrieved from the library, see Winter et al., Ann. Rev. Immunol., 12: 433-455 (1994). Libraries from immunized sources provide high-affinity antibodies to the immunogen without the need to construct hybridomas. Alternatively, naive libraries can be cloned without any immunization to provide a single source of human antibodies against a wide range of non-self and self antigens, see Griffiths et al., EMBO J, 12: 725-734 (1993). Finally, naive libraries can also be prepared synthetically by cloning unrearranged V gene segments from stem cells and using PCR primers containing random sequences to encode highly variable CDR3 regions and performing in vitro rearrangement, see Hoogenboom and Winter, J. Mol. Biol., 227: 381-388 (1992).
在某些实施方案中,使用丝状噬菌体,展示与次要外壳蛋白pIII融合的抗体片段。抗体片段可以展示为单链Fv片段,其中VH和VL结构域通过柔性多肽间隔物连接在同一多肽链上,参见例如Marks et al.,J.Mol.Biol.,222:581-597(1991);或者展示为Fab片段,其中一条链融合于pIII,另一条链分泌到细菌宿主细胞周质中,在此组装Fab-外壳蛋白结构,其通过替换一些野生型外壳蛋白而展示在噬菌体表面,参见例如Hoogenboom et al.,Nucl.Acids Res.,19:4133-4137(1991)。In certain embodiments, filamentous phage is used to display antibody fragments fused to the minor coat protein pill. Antibody fragments can be displayed as single-chain Fv fragments, in which the VH and VL domains are linked to the same polypeptide chain by a flexible polypeptide spacer, see, e.g., Marks et al., J. Mol. Biol., 222:581-597 (1991); or as Fab fragments, in which one chain is fused to pill and the other chain is secreted into the bacterial host cell periplasm, where a Fab-coat protein structure is assembled and displayed on the phage surface by replacing some wild-type coat proteins, see, e.g., Hoogenboom et al., Nucl. Acids Res., 19:4133-4137 (1991).
一般地,编码抗体基因片段的核酸可以获自从人或动物收获的免疫细胞。如果期望的是偏向于抗-抗原克隆的文库,则可以用抗原免疫受试者以产生抗体反应,并且回收脾细胞和/或循环B细胞、其它外周血淋巴细胞(PBL)用于文库构建。在一个实施方案中,通过在携带功能性人免疫球蛋白基因阵列(且缺乏功能性内源抗体生产系统)的转基因小鼠中产生抗-抗原抗体反应,使得抗原免疫引起生产针对抗原的人抗体的B细胞,从而获得偏向于抗-抗原克隆的人抗体基因片段文库。生产人抗体的转基因小鼠的产生如下所述。In general, the nucleic acid encoding antibody gene fragment can be obtained from the immunocyte of human or animal harvest.If what is desired is to be biased towards the library of anti-antigen clone, then can use antigen immune subject to produce antibody response, and reclaim splenocyte and/or circulating B cell, other peripheral blood lymphocyte (PBL) for library construction.In one embodiment, by producing anti-antigen antibody response in the transgenic mouse carrying functional human immunoglobulin gene array (and lacking functional endogenous antibody production system), make antigen immunity cause the B cell of producing people's antibody for antigen, thus obtain the people's antibody gene fragment library that is biased towards anti-antigen clone.The generation of the transgenic mouse producing people's antibody is as described below.
抗-抗原反应性细胞群的额外富集可以通过使用合适的筛选程序来分离表达抗原特异性膜结合抗体的B细胞而获得,例如通过使用抗原亲和色谱、或将细胞吸附到荧光染料标记的抗原上随后通过流式激活细胞分选术(FACS),以分离细胞。Additional enrichment of anti-antigen reactive cell populations can be obtained by isolating B cells expressing antigen-specific membrane-bound antibodies using appropriate screening procedures, such as by using antigen affinity chromatography, or by adsorbing cells to fluorescent dye-labeled antigens followed by flow activated cell sorting (FACS) to separate the cells.
或者,使用来自未免疫供体的脾细胞和/或B细胞或其它PBL可以更好地呈现可能的抗体库,并且还允许使用抗原在其中不具有抗原性的任何动物(人类或非人类)物种来构建抗体文库。对于掺入体外抗体基因构建体的文库,从受试者收获干细胞,以提供编码未重排抗体基因区段的核酸。目的免疫细胞可以从各种动物物种获得,例如人、小鼠、大鼠、兔类、狼、犬、猫、猪、牛、马和禽类物种等。Alternatively, the use of splenocytes and/or B cells or other PBLs from unimmunized donors can better represent the potential antibody repertoire and also allow the use of any animal (human or non-human) species in which the antigen is not antigenic to construct the antibody library. For libraries incorporating in vitro antibody gene constructs, stem cells are harvested from the subject to provide nucleic acids encoding unrearranged antibody gene segments. Target immune cells can be obtained from various animal species, such as humans, mice, rats, rabbits, wolves, dogs, cats, pigs, cattle, horses, and avian species.
从目的细胞回收编码抗体可变基因区段(包括VH和VL区段)的核酸并扩增。在重排的VH和VL基因文库的情况下,可以通过从淋巴细胞分离基因组DNA或mRNA,随后通过用匹配重排的VH和VL基因的5'和3'末端的引物进行聚合酶链式反应(PCR),获得期望的DNA(参见Orlandi et al.,Proc.Natl.Acad.Sci.(USA),86:3833-3837(1989)),从而制得多样性V基因库用于表达。可以利用在编码成熟V-结构域的外显子5'末端的反向引物以及基于J区段内的正向引物,从cDNA和基因组DNA扩增该V基因,参见Orlandi等人(1989)和Ward等人,Nature,341:544-546(1989)。然而,为了从cDNA扩增,反向引物也可以基于前导外显子,参见Jones et al.,Biotechnol.,9:88-89(1991);正向引物可以在恒定区内,参见Sastry etal.,Proc.Natl.Acad.Sci.(USA),86:5728-5732(1989)。为了最大化互补性,可以将简并性并入引物中,参见Orlandi等人(1989)或Sastry等人(1989)。在某些实施方案中,通过使用靶向每个V基因家族的PCR引物以便扩增存在于免疫细胞核酸样品中的所有可得的VH和VL重排,使文库多样性最大化,例如,参见Marks et al.,J.Mol.Biol.,222:581-597(1991)的方法中所述或如Orum et al.,Nucleic Acids Res.,21:4491-4498(1993)的方法中所述。为了将扩增的DNA克隆到表达载体中,可以将罕见的限制性位点引入PCR引物中作为一端的标签(参见Orlandi等人(1989)),或者用带标签的引物进一步PCR扩增(参见Clackson etal.,Nature,352:624-628(1991))。Nucleic acids encoding antibody variable gene segments (including VH and VL segments) are recovered from target cells and amplified. In the case of rearranged VH and VL gene libraries, genomic DNA or mRNA can be isolated from lymphocytes, followed by polymerase chain reaction (PCR) with primers matching the 5' and 3' ends of the rearranged VH and VL genes to obtain the desired DNA (see Orlandi et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. (USA), 86: 3833-3837 (1989)), thereby preparing a diverse V gene library for expression. The V gene can be amplified from cDNA and genomic DNA using a reverse primer at the 5' end of the exon encoding the mature V-domain and a forward primer based on the J segment, see Orlandi et al. (1989) and Ward et al., Nature, 341: 544-546 (1989). However, for amplification from cDNA, the reverse primer can also be based on the leading exon, see Jones et al., Biotechnol., 9:88-89 (1991); the forward primer can be within the constant region, see Sastry et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. (USA), 86:5728-5732 (1989). To maximize complementarity, degeneracy can be incorporated into the primers, see Orlandi et al. (1989) or Sastry et al. (1989). In certain embodiments, library diversity is maximized by using PCR primers targeting each V gene family to amplify all available VH and VL rearrangements present in a sample of immune cell nucleic acid, e.g., as described in the method of Marks et al., J. Mol. Biol., 222:581-597 (1991) or as described in the method of Orum et al., Nucleic Acids Res., 21:4491-4498 (1993). To clone the amplified DNA into an expression vector, rare restriction sites can be introduced into the PCR primers as tags at one end (see Orlandi et al. (1989)), or further PCR amplification can be performed using tagged primers (see Clackson et al., Nature, 352:624-628 (1991)).
可以在体外自V基因区段得到合成的重排V基因的库。大多数的人VH基因区段已经被克隆和测序(报道于TomLinson et al.,J.Mol.Biol.,227:776-798(1992))、以及作图(报道于Matsuda et al.,Nature Genet.,3:88-94(1993);可以自这些克隆的区段(包括H1和H2环的所有主要构象),利用编码具有多样性的序列和长度的H3环的PCR引物,产生多样性的VH基因库,参见Hoogenboom and Winter,J.Mol.Biol.,227:381-388(1992)。也可以制备全部序列多样性集中在单一长度的长H3环中的VH库,参见Barbas et al.,Proc.Natl.Acad.Sci.USA,89:4457-4461(1992)。人Vκ和Vλ区段已经被克隆和测序(报道于Williams and Winter,Eur.J.Immunol.,23:1456-1461(1993)),并且可以用于制备合成的轻链库。基于一系列VH和VL折叠以及L3和H3长度,合成的V基因库将编码具有相当大的结构多样性的抗体。在扩增编码V基因的DNA后,可以根据Hoogenboom and Winter,J.Mol.Biol.,227:381-388(1992)的方法,体外重排种系V基因区段。Repertoires of synthetic rearranged V genes can be derived in vitro from V gene segments. Most human VH gene segments have been cloned and sequenced (reported in Tom Linson et al., J. Mol. Biol., 227:776-798 (1992)), and mapped (reported in Matsuda et al., Nature Genet., 3:88-94 (1993); diverse VH gene repertoires can be generated from these cloned segments (including all major conformations of the H1 and H2 loops) using PCR primers encoding H3 loops of diverse sequences and lengths, see Hoogenboom and Winter, J. Mol. Biol., 227:381-388 (1992). VH repertoires can also be prepared in which all sequence diversity is concentrated in a single long H3 loop, see Barbas et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 89:4457-4461 (1992). Human Vκ and Vλ segments have been cloned and sequenced (reported in Williams and Winter, Eur. J. Immunol., 23: 1456-1461 (1993) and can be used to prepare synthetic light chain libraries. Based on a range of VH and VL folds and L3 and H3 lengths, synthetic V gene libraries will encode antibodies with considerable structural diversity. After amplifying the DNA encoding the V genes, the germline V gene segments can be rearranged in vitro according to the method of Hoogenboom and Winter, J. Mol. Biol., 227: 381-388 (1992).
抗体片段库可以通过以多种方式将VH和VL基因库组合在一起来构建。每个库可以构建在不同的载体中,载体体外重组(参见例如Hogrefe et al.,Gene,128:119-126(1993)),或在体内通过组合感染而重组,例如,Waterhouse et al.,Nucl.Acids Res.,21:2265-2266(1993)所述的loxP系统。体内重组方法采用Fab片段的双链性质来克服因大肠杆菌转化效率对文库大小施加的限制。分别克隆幼稚VH和VL库,一个克隆进入噬菌粒,另一个进入噬菌体载体。两个文库然后通过含噬菌粒的细菌的噬菌体感染而组合,由此每个细胞包含不同的组合并且文库的大小只受到存在的细胞数(约1012个克隆)限制。两种载体都包含体内重组信号,使得VH和VL基因可以被重组在单一复制子上并共包装成噬菌体病毒粒。这些巨大的文库提供了大量的亲和性良好的多样性抗体(Kd -1为约10-8M)。Antibody fragment libraries can be constructed by combining VH and VL gene libraries in a variety of ways. Each library can be constructed in a different vector, and the vectors can be recombined in vitro (see, for example, Hogrefe et al., Gene, 128: 119-126 (1993)), or recombined in vivo by combinatorial infection, for example, the loxP system described by Waterhouse et al., Nucl. Acids Res., 21: 2265-2266 (1993). In vivo recombination methods use the double-stranded nature of Fab fragments to overcome the limitations imposed on library size by E. coli transformation efficiency. Naive VH and VL libraries are cloned separately, one clone into a phagemid and the other into a phage vector. The two libraries are then combined by phage infection of bacteria containing the phagemid, whereby each cell contains a different combination and the size of the library is limited only by the number of cells present (approximately 10 12 clones). Both vectors contain in vivo recombination signals that allow the VH and VL genes to be recombined on a single replicon and co-packaged into phage virions. These large libraries provide a large number of diverse antibodies with good affinity ( Kd -1 is about 10-8 M).
或者,可以将这些库顺序地克隆到相同载体中(参见例如Barbas et al.,Proc.Natl.Acad.Sci.USA,88:7978-7982(1991)),或通过PCR组装在一起,然后克隆(参见例如,Clackson et al.,Nature,352:624-628(1991))。PCR组装也可以用于将VH和VL DNA与编码柔性肽间隔物的DNA连接在一起,以形成单链Fv(scFv)库。在又另一技术中,使用“细胞内PCR组装”以通过PCR在淋巴细胞内组合VH和VL基因,然后克隆连接的基因的库,参见Embleton et al.,Nucl.Acids Res.,20:3831-3837(1992)。Alternatively, these libraries can be cloned sequentially into the same vector (see, e.g., Barbas et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 88:7978-7982 (1991)), or assembled together by PCR and then cloned (see, e.g., Clackson et al., Nature, 352:624-628 (1991)). PCR assembly can also be used to link VH and VL DNAs together with DNA encoding a flexible peptide spacer to form a single-chain Fv (scFv) library. In yet another technique, "in-cell PCR assembly" is used to combine VH and VL genes by PCR within lymphocytes, followed by cloning of the linked gene library, see Embleton et al., Nucl. Acids Res., 20:3831-3837 (1992).
由幼稚文库(天然的或合成的)生成的抗体可以具有中等亲和力(Kd -1约106至107M-1),但是也可以通过构建二级文库并从二级文库重新选择以体外模拟亲和力成熟,参见Winter等人(1994)同上引文。例如,可以通过在Hawkins et al.,J.Mol.Biol.,226:889-896(1992)的方法或在Gram et al.,Proc.Natl.Acad.Sci USA,89:3576-3580(1992)的方法中使用易错聚合酶(报道在Leung et al.,Technique 1:11-15(1989)),在体外随机引入突变。另外,可以通过在各选定的Fv克隆中随机突变一个或多个CDR(例如,使用跨目的CDR且携带随机序列的引物进行PCR),并筛选更高亲和力的克隆,执行亲和力成熟。WO 9607754(公开于1996年3月14日)描述了一种在免疫球蛋白轻链的互补决定区中诱导诱变以创建轻链基因文库的方法。另一种有效的方法是将通过噬菌体展示选择的VH或VL结构域与自未免疫供体获得的天然V结构域变体库重组,并在几轮链改组中筛选更高的亲和力,参见Markset al.,Biotechnol.,10:779-783(1992)。此技术允许生产具有约10-9M或更小的亲和力的抗体和抗体片段。Antibodies generated from naive libraries (natural or synthetic) can have intermediate affinities ( Kd -1 of approximately 106 to 107 M -1 ), but affinity maturation can also be simulated in vitro by constructing and reselecting from secondary libraries, see Winter et al. (1994) supra. For example, mutations can be introduced randomly in vitro using an error-prone polymerase (reported in Leung et al., Technique 1: 11-15 (1989)) as described in Hawkins et al., J. Mol. Biol., 226: 889-896 (1992) or in Gram et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci USA, 89: 3576-3580 (1992). Alternatively, affinity maturation can be performed by randomly mutating one or more CDRs in each selected Fv clone (e.g., using primers carrying random sequences across the CDR of interest for PCR) and screening for clones with higher affinity. WO 9607754 (published on March 14, 1996) describes a method for inducing mutagenesis in the complementarity determining regions of immunoglobulin light chains to create a light chain gene library. Another effective method is to recombine the VH or VL domains selected by phage display with a library of natural V domain variants obtained from unimmunized donors and screen for higher affinity in several rounds of chain shuffling, see Marks et al., Biotechnol., 10: 779-783 (1992). This technology allows the production of antibodies and antibody fragments with affinities of about 10-9 M or less.
文库的筛选可以通过本领域中已知的各种技术来完成。例如,抗原可以用于包被吸附板的孔、在固着于吸附板的宿主细胞上表达、或用于细胞分选、或者与生物素缀合以被链霉亲和素包被的珠捕获,或用于淘选噬菌体展示文库的任何其它方法。Screening of the library can be accomplished by various techniques known in the art. For example, the antigen can be used to coat the wells of an adsorption plate, expressed on host cells attached to an adsorption plate, or used for cell sorting, or conjugated to biotin for capture by streptavidin-coated beads, or any other method for panning phage display libraries.
噬菌体文库样品在适于至少部分噬菌体颗粒与吸附剂结合的条件下接触固定化的抗原。正常情况下,为模拟生理条件,选择包括pH、离子强度、温度等的条件。洗涤结合到固相的噬菌体,然后用酸洗脱,参见例如Barbas et al.,Proc.Natl.Acad.Sci USA,88:7978-7982(1991)所述,或用碱洗脱,参见例如如Marks et al.,J.Mol.Biol.,222:581-597(1991)所述,或通过抗原竞争洗脱,例如以类似于Clackson et al.,Nature,352:624-628(1991)的抗原竞争方法的程序。噬菌体在一轮选择中可以被富集20-1,000倍。此外,富集的噬菌体可以在细菌培养物中生长,再接受多轮选择。The phage library sample is contacted with the immobilized antigen under conditions suitable for binding of at least a portion of the phage particles to the adsorbent. Normally, conditions including pH, ionic strength, and temperature are selected to mimic physiological conditions. Phage bound to the solid phase are washed and then eluted with acid, as described, for example, in Barbas et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci USA, 88:7978-7982 (1991), or with base elution, as described, for example, in Marks et al., J. Mol. Biol., 222:581-597 (1991), or by antigen competition elution, for example, using a procedure similar to the antigen competition method of Clackson et al., Nature, 352:624-628 (1991). Phage can be enriched 20-1,000-fold in a single round of selection. Alternatively, the enriched phage can be grown in bacterial culture and subjected to multiple rounds of selection.
选择的效率取决于许多因素,包括洗涤过程中的解离动力学,以及在单个噬菌体上的多个抗体片段是否可以同时结合抗原。可以通过使用短时间清洗、多价噬菌体展示和抗原在固相中的高包被密度,保留具有快速解离动力学(和弱结合亲和力)的抗体。高密度不仅通过多价相互作用稳定噬菌体,还有利于重结合已解离的噬菌体。可以通过使用长时间清洗和单价噬菌体展示(参见Bass et al.,Proteins,8:309-314(1990)和WO 92/09690)、以及抗原的低包被密度(参考Marks et al.,Biotechnol.,10:779-783(1992)),促进具有慢解离动力学(和良好结合亲和力)的抗体的选择。The efficiency of selection depends on many factors, including the dissociation kinetics during washing, and whether multiple antibody fragments on a single phage can bind to antigen simultaneously. Antibodies with rapid dissociation kinetics (and weak binding affinity) can be retained by using a short time cleaning, polyvalent phage display and a high coating density of antigen in a solid phase. High density not only stabilizes phage by multivalent interactions, but is also conducive to rebinding the dissociated phage. The selection of antibodies with slow dissociation kinetics (and good binding affinity) can be promoted by using long time cleaning and monovalent phage display (see Bass et al., Proteins, 8: 309-314 (1990) and WO 92/09690) and a low coating density of antigen (with reference to Marks et al., Biotechnol., 10: 779-783 (1992)).
可以在对抗原有不同亲和力(甚至是具有稍微不同的亲合力)的噬菌体抗体之间进行选择。然而,选定抗体的随机突变(如在一些亲和力成熟技术中进行的)有可能产生许多突变体,多数结合抗原,而少数具有较高的亲和力。使用限制量的抗原,罕见的高亲和力噬菌体能竞争胜出。为了保留所有较高亲和力的突变体,可以将噬菌体与过量的生物素化的抗原进行孵育,但是其中该生物素化抗原以比抗原的目标摩尔亲和力常数更低的摩尔浓度使用。随后可以用链霉亲和素包被的顺磁珠捕获高亲和力结合的噬菌体。这样的“平衡捕获”允许根据抗体的结合亲和力来选择抗体,其灵敏度允许从具有较低亲和力的大大过量的噬菌体中分离出具有仅仅高两倍的亲和力的突变体克隆。也可以操纵用于洗涤结合至固相的噬菌体的条件以基于解离动力学进行区分。It is possible to select between phage antibodies with different affinities for the antigen (even with slightly different affinities). However, random mutation of a selected antibody (as performed in some affinity maturation techniques) is likely to produce many mutants, most of which bind to the antigen, while a few have higher affinities. Using a limited amount of antigen, rare high-affinity phage can outcompete. In order to retain all higher-affinity mutants, phage can be incubated with an excess of biotinylated antigen, but wherein the biotinylated antigen is used at a molar concentration lower than the target molar affinity constant of the antigen. High-affinity-bound phage can then be captured using streptavidin-coated paramagnetic beads. Such "equilibrium capture" allows antibodies to be selected based on their binding affinity, and its sensitivity allows mutant clones with only twice as high affinities to be isolated from a large excess of phage with lower affinities. The conditions for washing phage bound to the solid phase can also be manipulated to differentiate based on dissociation kinetics.
可以基于活性选择抗-抗原克隆。在某些实施方案中,本发明提供可以与天然表达抗原的活细胞结合、或与自由漂浮的抗原结合、或与附着于其它细胞结构的抗原结合的抗-抗原抗体。对应于此类抗-抗原抗体的Fv克隆可以这样选择:(1)从如上所述噬菌体文库分离抗-抗原克隆,和任选地通过在适当的细菌宿主中生长该分离的噬菌体克隆以扩增该群体;(2)选择抗原和第二蛋白,其中针对所述抗原和第二蛋白,分别期望阻断和非阻断活性;(3)吸附抗-抗原噬菌体克隆到固定的抗原上;(4)使用过量的第二蛋白来洗脱任何不想要的、识别与第二蛋白的结合决定簇重叠或共同的抗原结合决定簇的克隆;和(5)洗脱在步骤(4)后仍旧被吸附的克隆。任选地,具有所需的阻断/非阻断特性的克隆可以通过一次或多次重复本文所述的筛选程序而进一步富集。Anti-antigen clones can be selected based on activity. In certain embodiments, the present invention provides anti-antigen antibodies that can bind to living cells that naturally express the antigen, or to free-floating antigens, or to antigens attached to other cellular structures. Fv clones corresponding to such anti-antigen antibodies can be selected by: (1) isolating anti-antigen clones from a phage library as described above, and optionally expanding the population by growing the isolated phage clones in an appropriate bacterial host; (2) selecting an antigen and a second protein for which blocking and non-blocking activity, respectively, is desired; (3) adsorbing the anti-antigen phage clones to the immobilized antigen; (4) using an excess of the second protein to elute any unwanted clones that recognize antigen binding determinants that overlap or are in common with the binding determinants of the second protein; and (5) eluting clones that remain adsorbed after step (4). Optionally, clones with the desired blocking/non-blocking properties can be further enriched by repeating the screening procedure described herein one or more times.
使用常规方法,可以容易地分离和测序编码目的杂交瘤来源的单克隆抗体或噬菌体展示Fv克隆的DNA(例如,通过使用设计成从杂交瘤或噬菌体DNA模板特异性地扩增目的重链和轻链编码区的寡核苷酸引物)。DNA一旦被分离,可置于表达载体中,然后转染到宿主细胞中,例如大肠杆菌细胞、猿猴COS细胞、中国仓鼠卵巢(CHO)细胞或原本不产生免疫球蛋白的骨髓瘤细胞,以在重组宿主细胞中获得所需单克隆抗体的合成。在细菌中重组表达编码抗体的DNA的综述性论文包括Skerra et al.,Curr.Opinion in Immunol.,5:256(1993)and Pluckthun,Immunol.Revs,130:151(1992)。DNA encoding the desired hybridoma-derived monoclonal antibody or phage-displayed Fv clone can be readily isolated and sequenced using conventional methods (e.g., by using oligonucleotide primers designed to specifically amplify the desired heavy and light chain coding regions from the hybridoma or phage DNA template). Once isolated, the DNA can be placed in an expression vector and then transfected into a host cell, such as an E. coli cell, a simian COS cell, a Chinese hamster ovary (CHO) cell, or a myeloma cell that does not otherwise produce immunoglobulins, to obtain synthesis of the desired monoclonal antibody in the recombinant host cell. Review articles on recombinant expression of antibody-encoding DNA in bacteria include Skerra et al., Curr. Opinion in Immunol., 5: 256 (1993) and Pluckthun, Immunol. Revs, 130: 151 (1992).
编码Fv克隆的DNA可以与编码重链和/或轻链恒定区的已知DNA序列(例如适当的DNA序列可以获自Kabat等人,上引文)结合,形成编码全长或部分长度的重和/或轻链的克隆。应当理解,任何同种型的恒定区都可用于此目的,包括IgG、IgM、IgA、IgD和IgE恒定区,而且此类恒定区可以从任何人或动物物种获得。在本文所用的“嵌合”和“杂合”抗体的定义中包括:源自一种动物物种(例如人)的可变结构域DNA的Fv克隆,然后融合到另一种动物物种的恒定区DNA上,形成编码“杂合”全长重链和/或轻链的编码序列。在某些实施方案中,来自人可变DNA的Fv克隆融合到人恒定区DNA上以形成编码全长或部分长度的人重链和/或轻链的编码序列。The DNA encoding the Fv clone can be combined with a known DNA sequence encoding the constant region of the heavy and/or light chain (e.g., appropriate DNA sequences can be obtained from Kabat et al., supra) to form a clone encoding a full-length or partial-length heavy and/or light chain. It should be understood that any isotype of constant region can be used for this purpose, including IgG, IgM, IgA, IgD, and IgE constant regions, and such constant regions can be obtained from any human or animal species. The definitions of "chimeric" and "hybrid" antibodies used herein include: an Fv clone derived from the variable domain DNA of one animal species (e.g., human) that is then fused to the constant region DNA of another animal species to form a coding sequence encoding a "hybrid" full-length heavy and/or light chain. In certain embodiments, an Fv clone from human variable DNA is fused to human constant region DNA to form a coding sequence encoding a full-length or partial-length human heavy and/or light chain.
还可以修饰源自杂交瘤的编码抗-抗原抗体的DNA,例如,用人重链和轻链恒定结构域的编码序列代替源自杂交瘤克隆的同源鼠序列(参见例如,Morrison et al.,Proc.Natl.Acad.Sci.USA,81:6851-6855(1984)的方法)。还可以如下进一步修饰编码杂交瘤或Fv克隆来源的抗体或片段的DNA:将非免疫球蛋白多肽的全部或部分编码序列共价连接到该免疫球蛋白编码序列上。以这种方式,制备“嵌合”或“杂合”抗体,其具有Fv克隆或杂交瘤克隆来源的目的抗体的结合特异性。The DNA encoding the anti-antigen antibody derived from the hybridoma can also be modified, for example, by substituting the coding sequences for the human heavy and light chain constant domains in place of the homologous murine sequences derived from the hybridoma clone (see, e.g., the method of Morrison et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 81:6851-6855 (1984)). The DNA encoding the antibody or fragment derived from the hybridoma or Fv clone can be further modified by covalently linking all or part of the coding sequence for a non-immunoglobulin polypeptide to the immunoglobulin coding sequence. In this manner, a "chimeric" or "hybrid" antibody is prepared that has the binding specificity of the antibody of interest derived from the Fv clone or hybridoma clone.
(iv)人源化抗体和人抗体(iv) Humanized antibodies and human antibodies
各种用于人源化非人抗体的方法是本领域已知的。例如,人源化抗体中的一个或多个氨基酸残基是从非人来源导入该抗体中的。这些非人氨基酸残基常常被称作“输入”残基,它们通常取自“输入”可变结构域。人源化可以基本上遵循Winter及其同事的方法(Jones et al.,Nature,321:522-525(1986);Riechmann et al.,Nature,332:323-327(1988);Verhoeyen et al.,Science,239:1534-1536(1988))进行,其中用啮齿类CDR或CDR序列取代人抗体的相应序列。因此,这样的“人源化”抗体是嵌合抗体(美国专利号4,816,567),其中实质上少于完整的人可变结构域已经被非人物种的相应序列取代。在实践中,人源化抗体通常是其中一些CDR残基和可能地一些FR残基被来自啮齿类抗体的类似位点的残基取代的人抗体。Various methods for humanizing non-human antibodies are known in the art. For example, one or more amino acid residues in a humanized antibody are imported into the antibody from a non-human source. These non-human amino acid residues are often referred to as "import" residues, which are typically taken from the "import" variable domain. Humanization can essentially follow the method of Winter and colleagues (Jones et al., Nature, 321: 522-525 (1986); Riechmann et al., Nature, 332: 323-327 (1988); Verhoeyen et al., Science, 239: 1534-1536 (1988)), wherein rodent CDRs or CDR sequences are substituted for the corresponding sequences of human antibodies. Therefore, such "humanized" antibodies are chimeric antibodies (U.S. Patent No. 4,816,567), in which substantially less than a complete human variable domain has been substituted with the corresponding sequence of a non-human species. In practice, humanized antibodies are typically human antibodies in which some CDR residues and possibly some FR residues are substituted by residues from analogous sites in rodent antibodies.
为减少抗原性,在制备人源化抗体中所使用的人可变结构域(包括轻链和重链可变结构域)的选择是非常重要的。根据所谓的“最适”方法,针对已知人可变结构域序列的整个文库,筛选啮齿类抗体的可变结构域序列。然后将最接近啮齿动物的人序列接受为用于人源化抗体的人构架(FR)(Sims et al.,J.Immunol.,151:2296(1993);Chothia et al.,J.Mol.Biol.,196:901(1987))。另一种方法使用从具有特定亚组的轻链或重链的所有人抗体的共有序列衍生的特定构架。同一构架可用于数种不同的人源化抗体(Carter et al.,Proc.Natl.Acad Sci.USA,89:4285(1992);Presta et al.,J.Immunol.,151:2623(1993))。In order to reduce antigenicity, the selection of the human variable domains (including light chain and heavy chain variable domains) used in the preparation of humanized antibodies is very important. According to the so-called "optimal" method, the variable domain sequences of rodent antibodies are screened for the entire library of known human variable domain sequences. The human sequence closest to rodents is then accepted as the human framework (FR) for humanized antibodies (Sims et al., J. Immunol., 151: 2296 (1993); Chothia et al., J. Mol. Biol., 196: 901 (1987)). Another method uses a specific framework derived from the consensus sequence of all human antibodies with a light chain or heavy chain of a specific subgroup. The same framework can be used for several different humanized antibodies (Carter et al., Proc. Natl. Acad Sci. USA, 89:4285 (1992); Presta et al., J. Immunol., 151:2623 (1993)).
进一步重要的是,人源化抗体,且保持对抗原的高亲和力和其它有利的生物学特性。为了实现这一目标,根据该方法的一个实施方案,通过使用亲本和人源化序列的三维模型来分析亲本序列和各种概念性人源化产物的方法,制备人源化抗体。三维免疫球蛋白模型是本领域技术人员通常可获得且熟悉的。图解和显示所选的候选免疫球蛋白序列的可能三维构象结构的计算机程序是可获得的。对展示的结构进行检查,允许分析残基在候选免疫球蛋白序列的功能中的可能作用,即,分析影响候选免疫球蛋白结合其抗原的能力的残基。以这种方式,可以从受体和输入序列选择FR残基并组合,从而实现所需的抗体特征,例如对靶抗原增加的亲和力。一般而言,高变区残基直接且最实质地参与影响抗原结合。It is further important that humanized antibodies maintain high affinity for antigens and other favorable biological properties. To achieve this goal, according to one embodiment of the method, humanized antibodies are prepared by analyzing the method for parental sequences and various conceptual humanized products using a three-dimensional model of the parental and humanized sequences. Three-dimensional immunoglobulin models are generally available and familiar to those skilled in the art. A computer program illustrating and displaying the possible three-dimensional conformational structure of a selected candidate immunoglobulin sequence is available. The structure displayed is inspected to allow analysis of the possible effects of residues in the function of the candidate immunoglobulin sequence, that is, analysis of the residues that affect the ability of the candidate immunoglobulin to bind its antigen. In this way, FR residues can be selected and combined from receptor and input sequences to achieve desired antibody characteristics, such as increased affinity for the target antigen. Generally speaking, hypervariable region residues directly and most substantially participate in influencing antigen binding.
可以如上所述将选自人源噬菌体展示文库的Fv克隆可变结构域序列与已知的人恒定结构域序列组合,构建目的人抗体。或者,目的人单克隆抗体可以通过杂交瘤方法制备。人骨髓瘤以及用于生产人单克隆抗体的小鼠-人杂交骨髓瘤细胞系记载于,例如,Kozbor J.Immunol.,133:3001(1984);Brodeur et al.,Monoclonal AntibodyProduction Techniques and Applications,pp.51-63(Marcel Dekker,Inc.,New York,1987);和Boerner et al.,J.Immunol.,147:86(1991)。The Fv clone variable domain sequence selected from the human phage display library can be combined with the known human constant domain sequence as described above to construct the target human antibody. Alternatively, the target human monoclonal antibody can be prepared by the hybridoma method. Human myeloma and mouse-human hybrid myeloma cell lines for producing human monoclonal antibodies are described in, for example, Kozbor J. Immunol., 133: 3001 (1984); Brodeur et al., Monoclonal Antibody Production Techniques and Applications, pp. 51-63 (Marcel Dekker, Inc., New York, 1987); and Boerner et al., J. Immunol., 147: 86 (1991).
可以生产在免疫时能够产生完整人抗体库且不存在内源免疫球蛋白生产的转基因动物(例如,小鼠)。例如,已经描述,在嵌合的和种系突变的小鼠中纯合缺失抗体重链接合区(JH)基因将导致内源抗体生产的完全抑制。人种系免疫球蛋白基因阵列在此类种系突变小鼠中的转移将导致在抗原攻击时产生人抗体。参见,例如,Jakobovits et al,Proc.Natl.Acad.Sci.USA,90:2551(1993);Jakobovits et al.,Nature,362:255-258(1993);Bruggermann et al.,Year in Immuno.,7:33(1993);和Duchosal et al.Nature355:258(1992)。Transgenic animals (e.g., mice) can be produced that are capable of producing a complete human antibody repertoire upon immunization and that do not have endogenous immunoglobulin production. For example, it has been described that homozygous deletion of the antibody heavy chain joining region ( JH ) gene in chimeric and germline mutant mice will result in complete inhibition of endogenous antibody production. Transfer of the human germline immunoglobulin gene array in such germline mutant mice will result in the production of human antibodies upon antigen challenge. See, e.g., Jakobovits et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 90: 2551 (1993); Jakobovits et al., Nature, 362: 255-258 (1993); Bruggermann et al., Year in Immuno., 7: 33 (1993); and Duchosal et al. Nature 355: 258 (1992).
基因改组也可以用于从非人(例如啮齿动物)抗体获得人抗体,其中人抗体与起始的非人抗体具有相似的亲和力和特异性。根据该方法(也被称为“表位印记”(epitopeimprinting)),通过如本文所述的噬菌体展示技术得到的非人抗体片段的重链或轻链可变区被人V结构域基因库取代,创建非人链/人链scFv或Fab嵌合物群。用抗原进行选择,导致非人链/人链嵌合scFv或Fab的分离,其中人链恢复在去除原来的噬菌体展示克隆中的相应非人链时被破坏的抗原结合位点,即表位控制(印迹)人链配偶体的选择。当重复该过程以替换剩余的非人链后,获得人抗体(参见1993年4月1日公开的PCT WO 93/06213)。不像传统的通过CDR移植实现的非人抗体人源化,这种技术提供了完全人的抗体,不含非人来源的FR或CDR残基。Gene shuffling can also be used to obtain human antibodies from non-human (e.g., rodent) antibodies, wherein the human antibodies have similar affinity and specificity to the initial non-human antibodies. According to this method (also referred to as "epitope imprinting"), the heavy chain or light chain variable region of the non-human antibody fragment obtained by phage display technology as described herein is replaced by a human V domain gene library to create a non-human chain/human chain scFv or Fab chimera population. Selection is carried out with antigen, resulting in the separation of non-human chain/human chain chimeric scFv or Fab, wherein the human chain recovers the antigen binding site that was destroyed when the corresponding non-human chain in the original phage display clone was removed, i.e., the selection of epitope control (imprinting) human chain partners. When the process is repeated to replace the remaining non-human chain, human antibodies are obtained (see PCT WO 93/06213, published on April 1, 1993). Unlike traditional non-human antibody humanization achieved by CDR transplantation, this technology provides fully human antibodies, without FR or CDR residues from non-human sources.
(v)抗体片段(v) Antibody fragments
抗体片段可以通过传统手段如酶促消化,或通过重组技术生产。在某些情况下,使用抗体片段而非完整抗体具有优点。较小尺寸的片段容许快速清除,并且可导致对实体瘤的接近得以改进。对于某些抗体片段的综述,参见Hudson et al.(2003)Nat.Med.9:129-134。Antibody fragments can be produced by traditional means such as enzymatic digestion, or by recombinant techniques. In some cases, there are advantages to using antibody fragments rather than intact antibodies. The smaller size of the fragments allows for rapid clearance and can result in improved access to solid tumors. For a review of certain antibody fragments, see Hudson et al. (2003) Nat. Med. 9: 129-134.
已经开发了各种技术用于生产抗体片段。传统上,这些片段通过完整抗体的蛋白水解消化而得到(参见,例如,Morimoto et al.,Journal of Biochemical andBiophysical Methods 24:107-117(1992);和Brennan et al.,Science,229:81(1985))。然而,这些片段现在可直接由重组宿主细胞产生。Fab、Fv和scFv抗体片段都可以由大肠杆菌表达并分泌,如此容许容易地大量生产这些片段。抗体片段可以从上文讨论的抗体噬菌体文库分离。或者,Fab'-SH片段可以直接从大肠杆菌回收并化学偶联以形成F(ab')2片段(Carter et al.,Bio/Technology 10:163-167(1992))。根据另一方法,F(ab')2片段可以直接从重组宿主细胞培养物分离。具有增加的体内半衰期的、包含补救受体结合表位残基的Fab和F(ab')2片段在美国专利号5,869,046中描述。其它用于生产抗体片段的技术将是本领域技术人员显而易见的。在某些实施方案中,抗体是单链Fv片段(scFv)。参见WO 93/16185;美国专利号5,571,894和5,587,458。Fv和scFv是唯一具有完整结合位点却缺少恒定区的类型;因此,它们对于在体内使用过程中降低的非特异性结合是合适的。可以构建scFv融合蛋白,产生在scFv氨基或羧基末端融合效应子蛋白的融合物。参见AntibodyEngineering,ed.Borrebaeck,上引文。抗体片段还可以是“线性抗体”,例如,如美国专利号5,641,870中描述。此类线性抗体可以是单特异性的或双特异性的。Various techniques have been developed for producing antibody fragments. Traditionally, these fragments are obtained by proteolytic digestion of intact antibodies (see, for example, Morimoto et al., Journal of Biochemical and Biophysical Methods 24:107-117 (1992); and Brennan et al., Science, 229:81 (1985)). However, these fragments can now be produced directly by recombinant host cells. Fab, Fv and scFv antibody fragments can all be expressed and secreted by E. coli, thus allowing these fragments to be easily produced in large quantities. Antibody fragments can be isolated from the antibody phage library discussed above. Alternatively, Fab'-SH fragments can be directly recovered from E. coli and chemically coupled to form F(ab') 2 fragments (Carter et al., Bio/Technology 10:163-167 (1992)). According to another method, F(ab') 2 fragments can be directly isolated from recombinant host cell cultures. Fab and F(ab') 2 fragments containing salvage receptor binding epitope residues with increased in vivo half-life are described in U.S. Patent No. 5,869,046. Other techniques for producing antibody fragments will be apparent to those skilled in the art. In certain embodiments, the antibody is a single-chain Fv fragment (scFv). See WO 93/16185; U.S. Patent Nos. 5,571,894 and 5,587,458. Fv and scFv are the only types that have complete binding sites but lack constant regions; therefore, they are suitable for reduced nonspecific binding during in vivo use. scFv fusion proteins can be constructed to produce fusions of effector proteins fused to the amino or carboxyl termini of the scFv. See Antibody Engineering, ed. Borrebaeck, loc. cit. Antibody fragments can also be "linear antibodies," for example, as described in U.S. Patent No. 5,641,870. Such linear antibodies can be monospecific or bispecific.
(vi)多特异性抗体(vi) Multispecific antibodies
多特异性抗体对至少两种不同表位具有结合特异性,其中所述表位通常来自不同抗原。尽管此类分子通常只会结合两种不同表位(即双特异性抗体,BsAbs),但是在用于本文时此表述也涵盖具有额外特异性的抗体如三特异性抗体。双特异性抗体可以制备成全长抗体或抗体片段(例如F(ab')2双特异性抗体)。Multispecific antibodies have binding specificity for at least two different epitopes, where the epitopes are typically from different antigens. Although such molecules typically only bind to two different epitopes (i.e., bispecific antibodies, BsAbs), when used herein, this term also encompasses antibodies with additional specificities, such as trispecific antibodies. Bispecific antibodies can be prepared as full-length antibodies or antibody fragments (e.g., F(ab') 2 bispecific antibodies).
用于制备双特异性抗体的方法是本领域公知的。传统的全长双特异性抗体的生产是基于两个免疫球蛋白重链-轻链对的共表达,其中两个链具有不同的特异性(Millsteinet al.,Nature,305:537-539(1983))。因为免疫球蛋白重链和轻链的随机搭配,这些杂交瘤(quadroma)产生10种不同抗体分子的潜在混合物,其中只有一种具有正确的双特异性结构。正确分子的纯化,通常是通过亲和色谱步骤进行,相当麻烦且产物的产率低。类似的方法公开于WO 93/08829及Traunecker et al.,EMBO J.,10:3655-3659(1991)。Methods for preparing bispecific antibodies are well known in the art. The production of traditional full-length bispecific antibodies is based on the co-expression of two immunoglobulin heavy chain-light chain pairs, wherein the two chains have different specificities (Millstein et al., Nature, 305:537-539 (1983)). Because of the random combination of immunoglobulin heavy and light chains, these hybridomas (quadromas) produce a potential mixture of 10 different antibody molecules, only one of which has the correct bispecific structure. Purification of the correct molecule is usually carried out by affinity chromatography steps, which is quite cumbersome and the product yield is low. Similar methods are disclosed in WO 93/08829 and Traunecker et al., EMBO J., 10:3655-3659 (1991).
根据一种不同的方法,将具有所需结合特异性(抗体-抗原结合位点)的抗体可变结构域融合到免疫球蛋白恒定结构域序列上。融合优选用包含至少部分铰链、CH2和CH3区的免疫球蛋白重链恒定域。典型的是具有包含轻链结合所需位点的第一重链恒定区(CH1),存在于融合物的至少之一中。将编码免疫球蛋白重链融合物以及,如果需要,免疫球蛋白轻链的DNA插入分开的表达载体,并共转染到合适的宿主生物体中。在用于构建的三种多肽链的不等比例提供最佳产量的实施方案中,这为调整三种多肽片段的相互比例提供很大的灵活性。然而,在等比例地表达至少两种多肽链导致高产量或当该比值没有特别意义时,可以在一个表达载体中插入两种或所有三种多肽链的编码序列。According to a different approach, an antibody variable domain with desired binding specificity (antibody-antigen binding site) is fused to an immunoglobulin constant domain sequence. The fusion is preferably performed with an immunoglobulin heavy chain constant domain comprising at least a portion of the hinge, CH2, and CH3 regions. Typically, the first heavy chain constant region (CH1) comprising the light chain binding site is present in at least one of the fusions. DNA encoding the immunoglobulin heavy chain fusions and, if desired, the immunoglobulin light chain is inserted into separate expression vectors and co-transfected into a suitable host organism. In embodiments where the unequal ratios of the three polypeptide chains used to construct the optimal yield are provided, this provides great flexibility for adjusting the mutual ratios of the three polypeptide fragments. However, when expressing at least two polypeptide chains in equal proportions, resulting in high yields or when the ratio has no particular significance, the coding sequences of two or all three polypeptide chains can be inserted into one expression vector.
在该方法的一个实施方案中,双特异性抗体由在一个臂上具有第一结合特异性的杂合免疫球蛋白重链和在另一臂上杂合免疫球蛋白重链-轻链对(提供第二结合特异性)组成。已发现,这种不对称结构便于将所需双特异性化合物与不需要的免疫球蛋白链组合分离,因为免疫球蛋白轻链仅在双特异性分子的一半中存在,这为分离提供了便利途径。这种方法在WO 94/04690中公开。对于生产双特异性抗体的进一步细节,参见例如,Suresh etal.,Methods in Enzymology,121:210(1986)。In one embodiment of the method, the bispecific antibody is composed of a hybrid immunoglobulin heavy chain with a first binding specificity on one arm and a hybrid immunoglobulin heavy chain-light chain pair (providing a second binding specificity) on the other arm. It has been found that this asymmetric structure is convenient for separating the desired bispecific compound from the unwanted immunoglobulin chain combination, because the immunoglobulin light chain is only present in half of the bispecific molecule, which provides a convenient way for separation. This method is disclosed in WO 94/04690. For further details of producing bispecific antibodies, see, for example, Suresh et al., Methods in Enzymology, 121: 210 (1986).
根据在WO96/27011中描述的另一种方法,一对抗体分子之间的界面可以被工程化改造以使从重组细胞培养物回收的异二聚体的百分比最大化。一个界面至少包括抗体恒定结构域的CH3结构域的一部分。在该方法中,将第一抗体分子界面的一个或多个小氨基酸侧链用较大侧链(例如酪氨酸或色氨酸)替换。在第二抗体分子的界面上通过如下方式产生与该大侧链相同或相似大小的互补性“腔”:在第二抗体分子的界面上用较小氨基酸侧链(例如丙氨酸或苏氨酸)替换大氨基酸侧链。这提供了相比于其它不想要的终产物(例如同二聚体)使异二聚体的产率提高的机制。According to the another method described in WO96/27011, the interface between a pair of antibody molecules can be engineered to maximize the percentage of heterodimers recovered from recombinant cell culture. An interface comprises at least a portion of the CH 3 domain of an antibody constant domain. In this method, one or more small amino acid side chains at the interface of the first antibody molecule are replaced with larger side chains (e.g., tyrosine or tryptophan). On the interface of the second antibody molecule, a complementary " cavity " of the same or similar size as the large side chain is produced in the following manner: on the interface of the second antibody molecule, large amino acid side chains are replaced with smaller amino acid side chains (e.g., alanine or threonine). This provides a mechanism that improves the productive rate of heterodimers compared to other undesirable end products (e.g., homodimers).
双特异性抗体包括交联或“杂缀合”抗体。例如,在杂缀合物中一个抗体可以与亲和素偶联,另一个缀合生物素。此类抗体例如已经被提出用于将免疫系统细胞靶向不想要的细胞(美国专利号4,676,980),及用于治疗HIV感染(WO 91/00360,WO 92/200373和EP03089)。杂缀合抗体可以使用任何便利的交联方法制备。合适的交联剂是本领域众所周知的,并且连同许多交联技术在美国专利号4,676,980中公开。Bispecific antibodies include cross-linked or "heteroconjugate" antibodies. For example, in a heteroconjugate, one antibody can be coupled to avidin and the other to biotin. Such antibodies have been proposed, for example, for targeting immune system cells to unwanted cells (U.S. Patent No. 4,676,980), and for treating HIV infection (WO 91/00360, WO 92/200373 and EP03089). Heteroconjugate antibodies can be prepared using any convenient cross-linking method. Suitable cross-linking agents are well known in the art and are disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 4,676,980, along with many cross-linking techniques.
用于从抗体片段制备双特异性抗体的技术也已在文献中描述。例如,可使用化学连接来制备双特异性抗体。Brennan et al.,Science,229:81(1985)描述了一种方法,其中完整抗体被蛋白水解切割,产生F(ab')2片段。将这些片段在二硫醇络合剂亚砷酸钠的存在下还原,以稳定邻位的二硫醇并防止分子间二硫键的形成。然后将生成的Fab'片段转变为硫代硝基苯甲酸酯(TNB)衍生物。该Fab'-TNB衍生物之一然后通过用巯基乙胺还原而再转变成Fab'-巯基,再与等摩尔量的另一Fab'-TNB衍生物相混合,从而形成双特异性抗体。产生的双特异性抗体可以用作选择性地固定酶的试剂。Techniques for preparing bispecific antibodies from antibody fragments have also been described in the literature. For example, bispecific antibodies can be prepared using chemical linkage. Brennan et al., Science, 229:81 (1985) described a method in which intact antibodies are proteolytically cleaved to produce F(ab') 2 fragments. These fragments are reduced in the presence of the dithiol complexing agent sodium arsenite to stabilize the dithiols in the adjacent position and prevent the formation of intermolecular disulfide bonds. The resulting Fab' fragments are then converted into thionitrobenzoate (TNB) derivatives. One of the Fab'-TNB derivatives is then converted back into a Fab'-thiol by reduction with mercaptoethylamine and then mixed with an equimolar amount of another Fab'-TNB derivative to form a bispecific antibody. The resulting bispecific antibody can be used as a reagent for selectively immobilizing enzymes.
最新的进展促进了从大肠杆菌直接回收Fab'-SH片段,其可化学偶联以形成双特异性抗体。Shalaby et al.,J.Exp.Med.,175:217-225(1992)记载了完全人源化双特异性抗体F(ab')2分子的产生。每个Fab'片段单独由大肠杆菌分泌,并在体外进行定向化学偶联,以形成双特异性抗体。Recent advances have facilitated the direct recovery of Fab'-SH fragments from E. coli, which can be chemically coupled to form bispecific antibodies. Shalaby et al., J. Exp. Med., 175:217-225 (1992) described the production of fully humanized bispecific antibody F(ab') 2 molecules. Each Fab' fragment was individually secreted from E. coli and subjected to directed chemical coupling in vitro to form a bispecific antibody.
直接从重组细胞培养物制备并分离双特异性抗体片段的各种技术也己有描述。例如,已用亮氨酸拉链生成了双特异性抗体。Kostelny et al.,J.Immunol.,148(5):1547-1553(1992)。来自Fos和Jun蛋白的亮氨酸拉链肽通过基因融合与两个不同抗体的Fab'部分连接。在铰链区还原该抗体同二聚体形成单体,然后重新氧化以形成抗体异二聚体。该方法也可以被用来产生抗体同二聚体。Hollinger et al.,Proc.Natl.Acad.Sci.USA,90:6444-6448(1993)所述的"二体"技术,提供了另一种制造双特异性抗体片段的机制。所述片段包含通过接头而连接到轻链可变区(VL)的重链可变区(VH),其中接头太短以致于同一链上的两个功能结构域之间无法配对。所以,一个片段上的VH和VL结构域被迫与其它片段上的互补性VL和VH结构域配对,由此形成两个抗原结合位点。利用单链Fv(sFv)二聚体制备双特异性抗体片段的另一策略也已有报道。参见Gruber et al,J.Immunol,152:5368(1994)。Various techniques for preparing and isolating bispecific antibody fragments directly from recombinant cell culture have also been described. For example, bispecific antibodies have been generated using leucine zippers. Kostelny et al., J. Immunol., 148(5):1547-1553 (1992). Leucine zipper peptides from Fos and Jun proteins are linked to the Fab' portions of two different antibodies by gene fusion. The antibody homodimers are reduced at the hinge region to form monomers and then reoxidized to form antibody heterodimers. This method can also be used to produce antibody homodimers. The "dimer" technology described by Hollinger et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 90:6444-6448 (1993) provides another mechanism for making bispecific antibody fragments. The fragments comprise a heavy chain variable region ( VH ) connected to a light chain variable region ( VL ) by a linker, wherein the linker is too short to allow pairing between the two functional domains on the same chain. Therefore, the VH and VL domains of one fragment are forced to pair with the complementary VL and VH domains of the other fragment, thereby forming two antigen-binding sites. Another strategy for preparing bispecific antibody fragments using single-chain Fv (sFv) dimers has also been reported. See Gruber et al, J. Immunol, 152: 5368 (1994).
考虑具有二价以上的抗体。例如,可制备三特异性抗体。Tuft etal.J.Immunol.147:60(1991)。Antibodies with more than two valencies are contemplated. For example, trispecific antibodies can be prepared. Tuft et al. J. Immunol. 147:60 (1991).
(vii)单结构域抗体(vii) Single domain antibodies
在一些实施方案中,目的抗体是单结构域抗体。单结构域抗体是包含抗体的全部或部分重链可变结构域或者全部或部分轻链可变结构域的单个多肽链。在某些实施方案中,单结构域抗体是人单结构域抗体(Domantis,Inc.,Waltham,Mass.;参见,例如,美国专利号6,248,516 B1)。在一个实施方案中,单结构域抗体由抗体的全部或部分重链可变结构域组成。In some embodiments, the antibody of interest is a single domain antibody. A single domain antibody is a single polypeptide chain comprising all or part of the heavy chain variable domain or all or part of the light chain variable domain of an antibody. In certain embodiments, the single domain antibody is a human single domain antibody (Domantis, Inc., Waltham, Mass.; see, e.g., U.S. Patent No. 6,248,516 B1). In one embodiment, a single domain antibody consists of all or part of the heavy chain variable domain of an antibody.
(viii)抗体变体(viii) Antibody variants
在一些实施方案中,考虑本文所述抗体的氨基酸序列修饰。例如,可能希望改进抗体的结合亲和力和/或其它生物学特性。可以通过将适宜的变化引入编码抗体的核苷酸序列,或通过肽合成,制备抗体的氨基酸序列变体。这样的修饰包括,例如,抗体的氨基酸序列中的残基缺失和/或插入和/或替换。为得到最终的构建体可以进行缺失、插入和替换的任何组合,条件是最终的构建体具有期望的特征。氨基酸改变可以在制备该序列时引入到对象抗体氨基酸序列中。In some embodiments, it is contemplated that the amino acid sequence of an antibody described herein may be modified. For example, it may be desirable to improve the binding affinity and/or other biological properties of the antibody. An amino acid sequence variant of the antibody may be prepared by introducing a suitable variation into the nucleotide sequence encoding the antibody, or by peptide synthesis. Such modifications include, for example, residue deletions and/or insertions and/or replacements in the amino acid sequence of the antibody. Any combination of deletions, insertions, and replacements may be performed to obtain the final construct, provided that the final construct has the desired characteristics. Amino acid changes may be introduced into the subject antibody amino acid sequence when preparing the sequence.
(B)载体、宿主细胞和重组方法(B) Vectors, host cells, and recombination methods
由本文所提供的细胞培养基中培养的细胞生产的抗体也可以使用重组方法产生。对于抗-抗原抗体的重组生产,分离编码抗体的核酸,并插入可复制载体中用于进一步克隆(DNA扩增)或表达。使用常规方法可以容易地分离并测序编码抗体的DNA(例如,通过使用能够特异性结合编码抗体的重链和轻链的寡核苷酸探针)。可以获得许多载体。载体组件通常包括但不限于下列中的一种或多种:信号序列、复制起点、一种或多种标记基因、增强子元件、启动子和转录终止序列。The antibody produced by the cells cultivated in the cell culture medium provided by this paper can also be produced using recombinant methods. For the recombinant production of anti-antigen antibodies, the nucleic acid encoding the antibody is separated and inserted into a reproducible vector for further cloning (DNA amplification) or expression. Conventional methods can be used to easily separate and sequence the DNA encoding the antibody (for example, by using oligonucleotide probes that can specifically bind the heavy chain and light chain of the encoding antibody). Many vectors can be obtained. Vector components typically include but are not limited to one or more of the following: signal sequence, origin of replication, one or more marker genes, enhancer elements, promoters and transcription termination sequences.
(i)信号序列组件(i) Signal sequence component
抗体可不仅直接,也可作为与异源多肽的融合多肽,重组产生,该异源多肽优选信号序列或在成熟蛋白质或多肽的N-末端具有特异性切割位点的其它多肽。所选择的异源信号序列优选是被宿主细胞识别并加工的(例如,通过信号肽酶切割)的序列。对于不识别和加工天然抗体信号序列的原核宿主细胞,所述信号序列可以被例如选自碱性磷酸酶、青霉素酶、lpp或热稳定肠毒素II前导序列的原核信号序列替换。对于酵母分泌,天然信号序列可以被,例如,酵母转化酶前导序列,因子前导序列(包括酵母属和克鲁维酵母属α因子前导序列),或酸性磷酸酶前导序列,白色念珠菌葡糖淀粉酶前导序列,或在WO 90/13646中描述的信号替换。在哺乳动物细胞表达中,哺乳动物信号序列以及病毒分泌前导序列,例如单纯疱疹病毒gD信号,是可用的。Antibodies can be produced recombinantly, either directly or as fusion polypeptides with heterologous polypeptides, preferably signal sequences or other polypeptides having specific cleavage sites at the N-terminus of mature proteins or polypeptides. The selected heterologous signal sequence is preferably a sequence that is recognized and processed (e.g., by a signal peptidase cleavage) by the host cell. For prokaryotic host cells that do not recognize and process native antibody signal sequences, the signal sequence can be replaced by a prokaryotic signal sequence, such as one selected from alkaline phosphatase, penicillinase, lpp, or heat-stable enterotoxin II leader sequences. For yeast secretion, the native signal sequence can be replaced by, for example, a yeast invertase leader sequence, a factor leader sequence (including yeast and Kluyveromyces alpha factor leaders), an acid phosphatase leader sequence, a Candida albicans glucoamylase leader sequence, or a signal described in WO 90/13646. In mammalian cell expression, mammalian signal sequences and viral secretion leaders, such as the herpes simplex virus gD signal, are available.
(ii)复制起点(ii) Origin of replication
表达载体和克隆载体都包含能使载体在一种或多种选定的宿主细胞内复制的核酸序列。一般而言,在克隆载体内,这个序列是能够使载体独立于宿主染色体DNA而复制的序列,包括复制起点或自主复制序列。用于许多细菌、酵母和病毒的该序列是已知的。质粒pBR322的复制起点适于大多数革兰氏阴性细菌,2μ质粒起点适于酵母,各种病毒起点(SV40、多瘤病毒、腺病毒、VSV或BPV)适于哺乳动物细胞中的克隆载体。通常,哺乳动物表达载体不需要复制起点组件(一般只使用SV40起点,因为它包含早期启动子)。Both expression vectors and cloning vectors contain nucleic acid sequences that enable the vector to replicate in one or more selected host cells. Generally speaking, in a cloning vector, this sequence is a sequence that enables the vector to replicate independently of the host chromosomal DNA, including an origin of replication or an autonomously replicating sequence. This sequence is known for many bacteria, yeast, and viruses. The origin of replication of plasmid pBR322 is suitable for most Gram-negative bacteria, the 2μ plasmid origin is suitable for yeast, and various viral origins (SV40, polyoma virus, adenovirus, VSV, or BPV) are suitable for cloning vectors in mammalian cells. Typically, mammalian expression vectors do not require an origin of replication component (generally only the SV40 origin is used because it contains an early promoter).
(ⅲ)选择基因组件(iii) Selecting gene modules
表达和克隆载体可包含选择基因,也称为选择标记。典型的选择基因编码:(a)赋予对抗生素或其它毒素,例如氨苄青霉素、新霉素、甲氨蝶呤或四环素抗性的蛋白质;(b)弥补营养缺陷的蛋白质;或(c)提供复杂培养基中没有的关键营养物的蛋白质,例如用于芽孢杆菌的编码D-丙氨酸消旋酶的基因。Expression and cloning vectors may contain a selection gene, also known as a selectable marker. Typical selection genes encode: (a) proteins that confer resistance to antibiotics or other toxins, such as ampicillin, neomycin, methotrexate, or tetracycline; (b) proteins that compensate for auxotrophic deficiencies; or (c) proteins that provide key nutrients not found in complex culture media, such as the gene encoding D-alanine racemase for Bacillus.
选择方法的一个例子是利用使宿主细胞生长停止的药物。成功转化了外源基因的那些细胞可产生赋予药物抗性的蛋白,因而可在该选择方案中存活。该显性选择的例子使用药物新霉素、霉酚酸和潮霉素。An example of a selective method is the use of a drug that stops host cell growth. Cells that have been successfully transformed with the foreign gene produce a protein that confers drug resistance and can therefore survive the selection regimen. Examples of dominant selection use the drugs neomycin, mycophenolic acid, and hygromycin.
对于哺乳动物细胞来说,合适选择标记的另一个例子是使得能够鉴定出有能力摄取抗体编码核酸的细胞的那些标记,如DHFR、谷氨酰胺合成酶(GS)、胸苷激酶、金属硫蛋白I和II,优选灵长类金属硫蛋白基因、腺苷脱氨酶、鸟氨酸脱羧酶等。Another example of suitable selectable markers for mammalian cells are those markers that allow identification of cells competent to take up the antibody-encoding nucleic acid, such as DHFR, glutamine synthetase (GS), thymidine kinase, metallothionein I and II, preferably primate metallothionein genes, adenosine deaminase, ornithine decarboxylase, and the like.
例如,转化了DHFR基因的细胞可以通过在包含甲氨蝶呤(Mtx)的培养基内培养转化体来鉴定,其中甲氨蝶呤是DHFR的竞争性拮抗剂。在这些条件下,DHFR基因连同任何其它共同转化的核酸一起扩增。也可以使用内源性DHFR活性缺失的中国仓鼠卵巢(CHO)细胞系(例如,ATCC CRL-9096)。For example, the cell that has transformed the DHFR gene can be identified by cultivating transformants in a culture medium that comprises methotrexate (Mtx), wherein methotrexate is a competitive antagonist of DHFR. Under these conditions, the DHFR gene is amplified together with any other co-converted nucleic acid. The Chinese hamster ovary (CHO) cell line (for example, ATCC CRL-9096) lacking endogenous DHFR activity can also be used.
或者,转化了GS基因的细胞可以通过在包含L-甲硫氨酸亚砜亚胺(MSX)的培养基内培养转化体来鉴定,其中L-甲硫氨酸亚砜亚胺(MSX)是GS抑制剂。在这些条件下,GS基因连同任何其它共同转化的核酸一起扩增。GS选择/扩增系统可以与上述的DHFR选择/扩增系统组合使用。Alternatively, cells transformed with the GS gene can be identified by culturing the transformants in a medium containing L-methionine sulfoximine (MSX), a GS inhibitor. Under these conditions, the GS gene is amplified along with any other co-transformed nucleic acids. The GS selection/amplification system can be used in combination with the DHFR selection/amplification system described above.
或者,转化或共转化了编码目的抗体、野生型DHFR基因以及其他选择标记如氨基糖苷3'-磷酸转移酶(APH)的DNA序列的宿主细胞(特别是包含内源性DHFR的野生型宿主),可以通过在含该选择标记的选择剂如氨基糖苷类抗生素如卡那霉素、新霉素或G418的培养基中培养来选择。参见,美国专利号4,965,199。Alternatively, host cells (particularly wild-type hosts containing endogenous DHFR) transformed or co-transformed with a DNA sequence encoding the antibody of interest, a wild-type DHFR gene, and another selectable marker, such as aminoglycoside 3'-phosphotransferase (APH), can be selected by culturing in a medium containing a selection agent for the selectable marker, such as an aminoglycoside antibiotic such as kanamycin, neomycin, or G418. See, U.S. Patent No. 4,965,199.
适用于酵母的选择基因是酵母质粒YRp7上存在的trpl基因(Stinchcomb et al.,Nature,282:39(1979))。trpl基因可为不能在色氨酸中生长的酵母突变株提供选择标记,例如,ATCC No.44076或PEP4-1。Jones,Genetics,85:12(1977)。因此,酵母宿主细胞基因组内存在的trpl损伤,为通过在缺乏色氨酸时的生长来检测转化,提供了有效环境。同样,Leu2缺陷酵母株(ATCC 20,622或38,626)可被已知的携带Leu2基因的质粒弥补。A suitable selection gene for yeast is the trpl gene present on the yeast plasmid YRp7 (Stinchcomb et al., Nature, 282:39 (1979)). The trpl gene can provide a selection marker for yeast mutants that cannot grow in tryptophan, for example, ATCC No. 44076 or PEP4-1. Jones, Genetics, 85:12 (1977). Therefore, the presence of a trpl lesion within the yeast host cell genome provides an effective environment for detecting transformation by growth in the absence of tryptophan. Similarly, Leu2-deficient yeast strains (ATCC 20,622 or 38,626) can be complemented by known plasmids carrying the Leu2 gene.
另外,衍生自1.6μm环状质粒pKDl的载体可用于转化克鲁维酵母(Kluyveromyces)。或者,已报道用于乳酸克鲁维酵母(K.lactis)的大规模生产重组牛凝乳酶的表达系统。Van den Berg,Bio/Technology,8:135(1990)。还公开了稳定的多拷贝表达载体用于克鲁维酵母工业株分泌成熟重组人血清白蛋白。Fleer et al.,Bio/Technology,9:968-975(1991)。In addition, vectors derived from the 1.6 μm circular plasmid pKD1 can be used to transform Kluyveromyces. Alternatively, an expression system for large-scale production of recombinant bovine chymosin in Kluyveromyces lactis has been reported. Van den Berg, Bio/Technology, 8:135 (1990). Stable multicopy expression vectors for industrial strains of Kluyveromyces to secrete mature recombinant human serum albumin have also been disclosed. Fleer et al., Bio/Technology, 9:968-975 (1991).
(ⅳ)启动子组件(iv) Promoter Component
表达和克隆载体一般都包含能被宿主生物体识别并与编码抗体的核酸有效连接的启动子。适用于原核宿主的启动子包括phoA启动子、β-内酰胺酶和乳糖启动子系统、碱性磷酸酶启动子、色氨酸(trp)启动子系统以及杂合启动子如tac启动子。但是其他已知的细菌启动子也是合适的。适用于细菌系统的启动子也可以包含与编码抗体的DNA有效连接的SD序列(Shine-Dalgarno sequence)。Expression and cloning vectors generally contain a promoter that is recognized by the host organism and operably linked to the nucleic acid encoding the antibody. Promoters suitable for prokaryotic hosts include the phoA promoter, β-lactamase and lactose promoter systems, alkaline phosphatase promoters, tryptophan (trp) promoter systems, and hybrid promoters such as the tac promoter. However, other known bacterial promoters are also suitable. Promoters suitable for bacterial systems may also contain an SD sequence (Shine-Dalgarno sequence) operably linked to the DNA encoding the antibody.
用于真核生物的启动子序列是己知的。几乎所有的真核基因都有AT富含区,该区位于转录起始位点上游约25至30个碱基处。在许多基因的转录起始位点上游70到80个碱基处存在的另一序列是CNCAAT区,其中N可以是任何核苷酸。在大多数真核基因的3'末端是AATAAA序列,这一序列可能是在编码序列3'末端添加多聚腺苷酸尾巴的信号。所有这些序列都适于插入到真核表达载体内。Promoter sequences for eukaryotic organisms are known. Almost all eukaryotic genes have an AT-rich region located approximately 25 to 30 bases upstream of the transcription start site. Another sequence present 70 to 80 bases upstream of the transcription start site of many genes is the CNCAAT region, where N can be any nucleotide. The 3' end of most eukaryotic genes is the AATAAA sequence, which may be a signal that adds a polyadenylic acid tail to the 3' end of the coding sequence. All of these sequences are suitable for insertion into eukaryotic expression vectors.
用于酵母宿主的合适的启动子序列的例子包括3-磷酸甘油酸激酶或其它糖酵解酶,例如烯醇酶、甘油醛-3-磷酸脱氢酶、己糖激酶、丙酮酸脱羧酶、磷酸果糖激酶、葡萄糖-6-磷酸异构酶、3-磷酸甘油变位酶、丙酮酸激酶、磷酸丙糖异构酶、磷酸葡萄糖异构酶、和葡糖激酶的启动子。Examples of suitable promoter sequences for yeast hosts include the promoters for 3-phosphoglycerate kinase or other glycolytic enzymes, such as enolase, glyceraldehyde-3-phosphate dehydrogenase, hexokinase, pyruvate decarboxylase, phosphofructokinase, glucose-6-phosphate isomerase, 3-phosphoglycerate mutase, pyruvate kinase, triosephosphate isomerase, phosphoglucose isomerase, and glucokinase.
其他酵母启动子包括乙醇脱氢酶2、异细胞色素C、酸性磷酸酶、与氮代谢相关的降解酶、金属硫蛋白、3-磷酸甘油醛脱氢酶以及负责麦芽糖和半乳糖利用的酶的启动子区,这些启动子是诱导性启动子,具有可通过培养条件控制转录的额外优势。适用于酵母表达的载体和启动子在EP 73,657中进一步描述。酵母启动子优选与酵母增强子联合使用。Other yeast promoters include the promoter regions for alcohol dehydrogenase 2, isocytochrome C, acid phosphatase, degradative enzymes associated with nitrogen metabolism, metallothioneins, glyceraldehyde-3-phosphate dehydrogenase, and enzymes responsible for maltose and galactose utilization. These promoters are inducible promoters with the added advantage that transcription can be controlled by culture conditions. Vectors and promoters suitable for yeast expression are further described in EP 73,657. Yeast promoters are preferably used in conjunction with yeast enhancers.
在哺乳动物宿主细胞内,抗体从载体的转录可以,例如,通过与宿主细胞系统相容的、病毒(例如多瘤病毒、禽痘病毒、腺病毒(如腺病毒2)、牛乳头状瘤病毒、禽肉瘤病毒、巨细胞病毒、逆转录病毒、乙型肝炎病毒、猿猴病毒40(SV40))基因组来源的启动子以及异源哺乳动物启动子(如肌动蛋白启动子或免疫球蛋白启动子、热休克蛋白启动子)控制。In mammalian host cells, antibody transcription from the vector can be controlled, for example, by promoters compatible with the host cell systems, derived from viral genomes (e.g., polyoma virus, fowlpox virus, adenovirus (e.g., adenovirus 2), bovine papilloma virus, avian sarcoma virus, cytomegalovirus, retrovirus, hepatitis B virus, simian virus 40 (SV40)) as well as heterologous mammalian promoters (e.g., actin promoter or immunoglobulin promoter, heat shock protein promoter).
SV40病毒的早期和晚期启动子可以作为SV40限制性酶切片段很方便的获得,其中还包含SV40的复制起点。人巨细胞病毒的立即早期启动子可以作为Hind III E限制性酶切片段很方便地获得。美国专利号4,419,446公开了利用牛乳头状瘤病毒为载体在哺乳动物宿主内表达DNA的系统。美国专利号4,601,978描述了对该系统的修改。也可参见Reyes etal.,Nature 297:598-601(1982),描述了在单纯疱疹病毒胸苷激酶启动子的控制下人β干扰素cDNA在小鼠细胞内的表达。另外,劳斯肉瘤病毒长末端重复序列也可用作启动子。The early and late promoters of the SV40 virus are readily available as SV40 restriction fragments, which also contain the SV40 origin of replication. The immediate early promoter of the human cytomegalovirus is readily available as a Hind III E restriction fragment. U.S. Patent No. 4,419,446 discloses a system for expressing DNA in mammalian hosts using bovine papilloma virus as a vector. U.S. Patent No. 4,601,978 describes a modification of this system. See also Reyes et al., Nature 297:598-601 (1982), which describes the expression of human beta interferon cDNA in mouse cells under the control of the herpes simplex virus thymidine kinase promoter. Additionally, the Rous sarcoma virus long terminal repeat sequence can also be used as a promoter.
(v)增强子元件组件(v) Enhancer element components
常常可以通过在载体内插入增强子序列,增强编码本发明抗体的DNA在高等真核生物中的转录。现在已知许多来自哺乳动物基因(珠蛋白、弹性蛋白酶、白蛋白、甲胎蛋白和胰岛素)的增强子序列。但是,通常使用来自真核细胞病毒的增强子。例子包括位于复制起点晚期侧(100-270bp)的SV40增强子、巨细胞病毒早期启动子增强子、位于复制起点晚期侧的多瘤病毒增强子以及腺病毒增强子。也参见Yaniv,Nature 297:17-18(1982)所描述的用于激活真核启动子的增强子元件。增强子可被拼接到载体内抗体编码序列的3'或5'位置,但是优选位于启动子的5'位置。Often, the transcription of the DNA encoding the antibody of the present invention in higher eukaryotic organisms can be enhanced by inserting an enhancer sequence into the vector. Many enhancer sequences from mammalian genes (globin, elastase, albumin, alpha-fetoprotein, and insulin) are now known. However, enhancers from eukaryotic cell viruses are generally used. Examples include the SV40 enhancer, the cytomegalovirus early promoter enhancer, the polyoma enhancer, and the adenovirus enhancer located at the late side of the replication origin (100-270bp). See also the enhancer element for activating eukaryotic promoters described in Yaniv, Nature 297:17-18 (1982). The enhancer can be spliced into the 3' or 5' position of the antibody coding sequence in the vector, but is preferably located at the 5' position of the promoter.
(vi)转录终止组件(vi) Transcription termination component
真核宿主细胞(酵母、真菌、昆虫、植物、动物、人或其他多细胞生物体来源的有核细胞)所使用的表达载体还包含用于终止转录以及稳定mRNA所必需的序列。这种序列通常可以从真核或病毒DNA或cDNA的5'以及偶尔地3’非翻译区获得。这些区包含转录为编码抗体的mRNA的非翻译部分内的多聚腺苷酸片段的核苷酸片段。一个有用的转录终止组件是牛生长激素多腺苷酸化区。参见WO94/11026及其中公开的表达载体。Expression vectors used in eukaryotic host cells (nucleated cells of yeast, fungi, insects, plants, animals, humans, or other multicellular organisms) also contain sequences necessary for terminating transcription and stabilizing the mRNA. Such sequences can typically be obtained from the 5' and, occasionally, 3' untranslated regions of eukaryotic or viral DNA or cDNA. These regions contain nucleotide segments that are transcribed as polyadenylated fragments within the untranslated portion of the mRNA encoding the antibody. One useful transcription termination component is the bovine growth hormone polyadenylation region. See WO 94/11026 and the expression vectors disclosed therein.
(vii)宿主细胞的选择和转化(vii) Selection and transformation of host cells
用于在本文载体中克隆或表达DNA的合适宿主细胞包括上述原核细胞、酵母或高等真核细胞。用于此目的的合适原核细胞包括真细菌(eubacteria),如革兰氏阴性或革兰氏阳性生物体,例如,肠杆菌科(Enterobacteriaceae),如埃希氏杆菌属(Escherichia)如大肠杆菌(E.coli),肠杆菌属(Enterobacter)、欧文氏菌属(Erwinia)、克雷伯氏菌属(Klebsiella)、变形杆菌属(Proteus)、沙门氏菌属(Salmonella)如鼠伤寒沙门氏菌(Salmonella typhimurium)、沙雷氏菌属(Serratia)如粘质沙雷氏菌(Serratiamarcescans)、和志贺氏菌属(Shigella),以及芽孢杆菌属(Bacilli)如枯草芽孢杆菌(B.subtilis)和地衣芽孢杆菌(B.licheniformis)(例如,1989年4月12日公开的DD 266,710中所述的地衣芽孢杆菌41P),假单胞菌属(Pseudomonas)如铜绿假单胞菌(P.aeruginosa)和链霉菌属(Streptomyces)。一个优选的大肠杆菌克隆宿主是大肠杆菌294(ATCC 31,446),但其他株如大肠杆菌B、大肠杆菌X1776(ATCC 31,537)和大肠杆菌W3110(ATCC27,325)也适用。这些例子是说明性的,而不是限制性的。Suitable host cells for cloning or expressing the DNA in the vectors herein include the prokaryotes, yeast, or higher eukaryotic cells described above. Suitable prokaryotes for this purpose include eubacteria, such as Gram-negative or Gram-positive organisms, for example, Enterobacteriaceae, such as Escherichia, e.g., E. coli, Enterobacter, Erwinia, Klebsiella, Proteus, Salmonella, e.g., Salmonella typhimurium, Serratia, e.g., Serratia marcescans, and Shigella, and Bacilli, e.g., B. subtilis and B. licheniformis (e.g., DD 12, published April 12, 1989). 266,710), Pseudomonas such as Pseudomonas aeruginosa and Streptomyces. A preferred E. coli cloning host is E. coli 294 (ATCC 31,446), but other strains such as E. coli B, E. coli X1776 (ATCC 31,537) and E. coli W3110 (ATCC 27,325) are also suitable. These examples are illustrative and not limiting.
全长抗体、抗体融合蛋白以及抗体片段可以在细菌中产生,特别是在不需要糖基化和Fc效应子功能时,例如当治疗性抗体缀合本身显示出肿瘤细胞破坏效力的细胞毒性剂(例如,毒素)时。全长抗体具有更大的循环半衰期。在大肠杆菌中生产是更快且更经济有效的。对于抗体片段和多肽在细菌中的表达,参见,例如,美国专利号5,648,237(Carter等人),美国专利号5,789,199(Joly等人),美国专利号5,840,523(Simmons等人),其描述了用于优化表达和分泌的翻译起始区(TIR)和信号序列。又参见Charlton,Methods inMolecular Biology,Vol.248(B.K.C.Lo,ed.,Humana Press,Totowa,N.J.,2003),pp.245-254,描述了在大肠杆菌中抗体片段的表达。表达后,抗体可作为可溶级分从大肠杆菌细胞糊中分离并且可以根据同种型而通过例如蛋白A或G柱纯化。最终的纯化可以通过与用于纯化例如在CHO细胞中表达的抗体类似的过程进行。Full-length antibodies, antibody fusion proteins, and antibody fragments can be produced in bacteria, particularly when glycosylation and Fc effector functions are not required, such as when therapeutic antibodies are conjugated to cytotoxic agents (e.g., toxins) that themselves show tumor cell destruction efficacy. Full-length antibodies have a greater circulation half-life. Production in E. coli is faster and more cost-effective. For expression of antibody fragments and polypeptides in bacteria, see, for example, U.S. Patent No. 5,648,237 (Carter et al.), U.S. Patent No. 5,789,199 (Joly et al.), U.S. Patent No. 5,840,523 (Simmons et al.), which describe translation initiation regions (TIRs) and signal sequences for optimizing expression and secretion. See also Charlton, Methods in Molecular Biology, Vol. 248 (B.K.C. Lo, ed., Humana Press, Totowa, N.J., 2003), pp. 245-254, which describe expression of antibody fragments in E. coli. After expression, antibodies can be isolated from the E. coli cell paste as a soluble fraction and, depending on the isotype, purified by, for example, a protein A or G column. Final purification can be performed by a similar process to that used to purify antibodies expressed, for example, in CHO cells.
除了原核细胞以外,真核微生物如丝状真菌或酵母也是编码抗体的载体的合适克隆或表达宿主。酿酒酵母或常见的面包酵母是最常用的低等真核宿主微生物。但是,许多其他属、种和株也通常可获得且可以用于本发明中,如粟酒裂殖酵母(Schizosaccharomycespombe);克鲁维酵母属(Kluyveromyces)宿主如乳酸克鲁维酵母(K.lactis),脆壁克鲁维酵母(K.fragilis)(ATCC 12,424),保加利亚克鲁维酵母(K.bulgaricus)(ATCC 16,045),威克克鲁维酵母(K.wickeramii)(ATCC 24,178),瓦替克鲁维酵母(K.waltii)(ATCC 56,500),果蝇克鲁维酵母(K.drosophilarum)(ATCC 36,906),耐热克鲁维酵母(K.thermotolerans)以及马克斯克鲁维酵母(K.marxianus);耶氏酵母(yarrowia)(EP402,226);巴斯德毕赤酵母(Pichia pastoris)(EP 183,070);假丝酵母属(Candida);里氏木霉属(Trichoderma reesia)(EP 244,234);粗糙脉孢菌(Neurospora crassa);许旺酵母属(Schwanniomyces)如许旺酵母(Schwanniomyces occidentalis);以及丝状真菌如脉孢霉属(Neurospora)、青霉属(Penicillium)、弯颈霉(Tolypocladium);以及曲霉属(Aspergillus)宿主如构巢曲霉(A.nidulans)和黑曲霉(A.niger)。对于讨论使用酵母和丝状真菌生产治疗性蛋白质的综述,参见,例如Gerngross,Nat.Biotech.22:1409-1414(2004)。In addition to prokaryotes, eukaryotic microorganisms such as filamentous fungi or yeast are also suitable cloning or expression hosts for antibody-encoding vectors. Saccharomyces cerevisiae or common baker's yeast is the most commonly used lower eukaryotic host microorganism. However, many other genera, species, and strains are also commonly available and can be used in the present invention, such as Schizosaccharomyces pombe; Kluyveromyces hosts such as K. lactis, K. fragilis (ATCC 12,424), K. bulgaricus (ATCC 16,045), K. wickeramii (ATCC 24,178), K. waltii (ATCC 56,500), K. drosophilarum (ATCC 36,906), K. thermotolerans, and K. marxianus; Yarrowia (EP 402,226); Pichia pastoris (EP 402,226); 183,070); Candida; Trichoderma reesia (EP 244,234); Neurospora crassa; Schwanniomyces such as Schwanniomyces occidentalis; and filamentous fungi such as Neurospora, Penicillium, Tolypocladium; and Aspergillus hosts such as A. nidulans and A. niger. For a review discussing the use of yeast and filamentous fungi for the production of therapeutic proteins, see, for example, Gerngross, Nat. Biotech. 22: 1409-1414 (2004).
可以选择糖基化途径已被“人源化”的某些真菌和酵母株,导致生产具有部分或完全人糖基化模式的抗体。参见,例如Li et al.,Nat.Biotech.24:210-215(2006)(描述了在巴斯德毕赤酵母中糖基化途径的人源化);和Gerngross等人,上引文。Certain fungi and yeast strains whose glycosylation pathways have been "humanized" can be selected, resulting in the production of antibodies with partially or fully human glycosylation patterns. See, for example, Li et al., Nat. Biotech. 24:210-215 (2006) (describing humanization of the glycosylation pathway in Pichia pastoris); and Gerngross et al., supra.
适用于表达糖基化抗体的宿主细胞也可以来源于多细胞生物(无脊椎动物和脊椎动物)。无脊椎动物细胞的例子包括植物和昆虫细胞。许多杆状病毒株及其变体和来源于宿主如草地贪夜蛾(Spodoptera frugiperda)(毛虫)、埃及伊蚊(Aedes aegypti)(蚊子)、白纹伊蚊(Aedes albopictus)(蚊子)、黑腹果蝇(Drosophila melanogaster)(果蝇)和家蚕(Bombyx mori)的相应许可性昆虫宿主细胞已被鉴定。用于转染的许多病毒株都是公众可获得的,例如苜蓿银纹夜蛾(Autographa californica)NPV的L-l变体和家蚕NPV的Bm-5株,这些病毒可以根据本发明的病毒,特别是用于转染草地贪夜蛾细胞。Host cells suitable for expressing glycosylated antibodies can also be derived from multicellular organisms (invertebrates and vertebrates). Examples of invertebrate cells include plants and insect cells. Many baculovirus strains and variants thereof and corresponding permissive insect host cells derived from hosts such as Spodoptera frugiperda (caterpillars), Aedes aegypti (mosquitoes), Aedes albopictus (mosquitoes), Drosophila melanogaster (fruit flies) and Bombyx mori have been identified. Many viral strains for transfection are publicly available, such as the L-1 variant of Autographa californica NPV and the Bm-5 strain of Bombyx mori NPV, which can be used, in particular, for transfection of Spodoptera frugiperda cells according to the present invention.
棉花、玉米、马铃薯、大豆、矮牵牛、番茄、浮萍((Leninaceae))、苜蓿(蒺藜苜蓿(M.truncatula))和烟草的植物细胞培养物也可用作宿主。参见,例如美国专利号5,959,177、6,040,498、6,420,548、7,125,978和6,417,429(描述了用于在转基因植物中生产抗体的PLANTIBODIESTM技术)。Plant cell cultures of cotton, corn, potato, soybean, petunia, tomato, duckweed (Leninaceae), alfalfa (M. truncatula), and tobacco can also be used as hosts. See, e.g., U.S. Patent Nos. 5,959,177, 6,040,498, 6,420,548, 7,125,978, and 6,417,429 (describing PLANTIBODIES ™ technology for producing antibodies in transgenic plants).
脊椎动物细胞可用作宿主,并且在培养物(组织培养物)中繁殖脊椎动物细胞已经成为常规方法。可使用的哺乳动物细胞的例子有转化了SV40的猴肾CV1细胞系(COS-7,ATCCCRL 1651);人胚胎肾细胞系(293细胞或用于在悬浮培养中生长的亚克隆的293细胞,Graham et al.,J.Gen Virol.36:59(1977));幼仓鼠肾细胞(BHK,ATCC CCL 10);小鼠塞尔托利细胞(IM4,Mather,Biol.Reprod.23:243-251(1980));猴肾细胞(CV1,ATCC CCL 70);非洲绿猴肾细胞(VERO-76,ATCC CRL-1587);人宫颈癌细胞(HELA,ATCC CCL 2);犬肾细胞(MDCK,ATCC CCL 34);布法罗大鼠肝细胞(BRL 3A,ATCC CRL 1442);人肺细胞(W138,ATCCCCL 75);人肝细胞(Hep G2,HB 8065);小鼠乳房肿瘤细胞系(MMT 060562,ATCC CCL51);TRI细胞(Mather et al.,Annals N.Y.Acad.Sci.383:44-68(1982));MRC5细胞;FS4细胞;以及人肝细胞瘤细胞系(HepG2)。其他有用的哺乳动物宿主细胞系包括中国仓鼠卵巢(CHO)细胞,包括DHFR-CHO细胞(Urlaub et al.,Proc.Natl.Acad.Sci.USA 77:4216(1980));和骨髓瘤细胞系如NS0和SP2/0。对于适合抗体生产的某些哺乳动物宿主细胞系的综述,参见,例如,Yazaki and Wu,Methods in Molecular Biology,Vol.248(B.K.C.Lo,ed.,HumanaPress,Totowa,N.J.,2003),pp.255-268。Vertebrate cells can be used as hosts, and propagation of vertebrate cells in culture (tissue culture) has become routine. Examples of mammalian cells that can be used include SV40-transformed monkey kidney CV1 cell line (COS-7, ATCC CRL 1651); human embryonic kidney cell line (293 cells or subcloned 293 cells for growth in suspension culture, Graham et al., J. Gen Virol. 36:59 (1977)); baby hamster kidney cells (BHK, ATCC CCL 10); mouse Sertoli cells (IM4, Mather, Biol. Reprod. 23:243-251 (1980)); monkey kidney cells (CV1, ATCC CCL 70); African green monkey kidney cells (VERO-76, ATCC CRL-1587); human cervical carcinoma cells (HELA, ATCC CCL 2); canine kidney cells (MDCK, ATCC CCL 34); Buffalo rat hepatocytes (BRL 3A, ATCC CRL 1442); human lung cells (W138, ATCC CCL 75); human hepatocytes (Hep G2, HB 8065); mouse mammary tumor cell line (MMT 060562, ATCC CCL51); TRI cells (Mather et al., Annals NY Acad. Sci. 383:44-68 (1982)); MRC5 cells; FS4 cells; and human hepatoma cell line (HepG2). Other useful mammalian host cell lines include Chinese hamster ovary (CHO) cells, including DHFR - CHO cells (Urlaub et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 77:4216 (1980)); and myeloma cell lines such as NS0 and SP2/0. For review of certain mammalian host cell lines suitable for antibody production, see, e.g., Yazaki and Wu, Methods in Molecular Biology, Vol. 248 (BKC Lo, ed., Humana Press, Totowa, NJ, 2003), pp. 255-268.
宿主细胞用上述用于抗体生产的表达或克隆载体转化,并在本文提供的细胞培养基中培养,该培养基经改良适用于诱导启动子、筛选转化体、或扩增编码所需序列的基因。Host cells are transformed with the above-described expression or cloning vectors for antibody production and cultured in a cell culture medium provided herein, which has been modified as appropriate for inducing promoters, selecting transformants, or amplifying genes encoding the desired sequences.
细胞生长和多肽生产Cell growth and peptide production
一般,细胞与本文所述的任何细胞培养基在促进细胞生长、维持和/或多肽生产之任一的一个或多个条件下组合(接触)。培养细胞和生产多肽的方法使用培养容器(生物反应器)以容纳细胞和细胞培养基。培养容器可以由任何适于培养细胞的材料制成,包括玻璃、塑料或金属。典型地,培养容器是至少1升,并可以是10、100、250、500、1000、2500、5000、8000、10,000升或更大。培养条件,如温度、pH等,可以是之前用于选择用于表达的宿主细胞的培养条件,并且将是本领域技术人员显而易见的。可以在培养过程中调节的培养条件包括但不限于pH和温度。Generally, cells are combined (contacted) with any cell culture medium as described herein under one or more conditions that promote cell growth, maintenance and/or polypeptide production. The method for culturing cells and producing polypeptides uses a culture vessel (bioreactor) to accommodate cells and cell culture medium. The culture vessel can be made of any material suitable for culturing cells, including glass, plastic or metal. Typically, the culture vessel is at least 1 liter, and can be 10, 100, 250, 500, 1000, 2500, 5000, 8000, 10,000 liters or larger. Culture conditions, such as temperature, pH, etc., can be the culture conditions previously used to select the host cell for expression, and will be apparent to those skilled in the art. The culture conditions that can be adjusted during the culture process include, but are not limited to, pH and temperature.
细胞培养物一般在初始生长阶段维持在利于细胞培养物生存、生长和存活(维持)的条件下。精确的条件随着细胞类型、细胞来源的生物、和所表达多肽的性质和特点而变。Cell cultures are generally maintained during the initial growth phase under conditions that are conducive to the viability, growth, and survival (maintenance) of the cell culture. The exact conditions vary with the cell type, the organism from which the cells are derived, and the nature and characteristics of the polypeptide being expressed.
在初始生长阶段中细胞培养的温度主要基于可以保持细胞培养物存活的温度范围进行选择。例如,在初始生长阶段,CHO细胞在37℃生长良好。一般,大多数哺乳动物细胞在约25℃至42℃的范围内生长良好。优选地,哺乳动物细胞在约35℃至40℃的范围内生长良好。根据细胞的需要和生产要求,本领域技术人员能够选择用于生长细胞的合适温度(一个或多个)。The temperature of the cell culture during the initial growth phase is selected primarily based on the temperature range that can keep the cell culture viable. For example, during the initial growth phase, CHO cells grow well at 37°C. Generally, most mammalian cells grow well within a range of approximately 25°C to 42°C. Preferably, mammalian cells grow well within a range of approximately 35°C to 40°C. Depending on the needs of the cells and production requirements, one skilled in the art will be able to select the appropriate temperature(s) for growing the cells.
在本发明的一个实施方案中,初始生长阶段的温度维持在单一个恒定温度。在另一实施方案中,初始生长阶段的温度维持在一个温度范围内。例如,在初始生长阶段中可以稳定地增加或降低温度。备选地,可以在初始生长阶段中在不同时间使温度增加或降低离散量。本领域普通技术人员能够确定是否应当使用单个还是多个温度、以及是否应当稳定地还是通过离散量调节温度。In one embodiment of the present invention, the temperature during the initial growth phase is maintained at a single constant temperature. In another embodiment, the temperature during the initial growth phase is maintained within a temperature range. For example, the temperature can be steadily increased or decreased during the initial growth phase. Alternatively, the temperature can be increased or decreased by discrete amounts at different times during the initial growth phase. One of ordinary skill in the art can determine whether a single or multiple temperatures should be used, and whether the temperature should be adjusted steadily or by discrete amounts.
细胞可以在初始生长阶段中培养或多或少的时间。在一个变体方案中,细胞培养足以达到如下活细胞密度的时间长度,所述活细胞密度为最大存活细胞密度的给定百分数,其中最大存活细胞密度是在允许细胞不被干扰地生长的条件下细胞将最终达到的密度。例如,可以培养细胞足以达到期望的存活细胞密度的时间长度,所述期望的存活细胞密度为最大存活细胞密度的百分之1、5、10、15、20、25、30、35、40、45、50、55、60、65、70、75、80、85、90、95或99。Cells can be cultured for a longer or shorter time in the initial growth phase. In one variant, the cells are cultured for a length of time sufficient to achieve a viable cell density that is a given percentage of a maximum viable cell density, where the maximum viable cell density is the density that the cells will ultimately reach if the cells are allowed to grow undisturbed. For example, the cells can be cultured for a length of time sufficient to achieve a desired viable cell density that is 1, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, or 99 percent of the maximum viable cell density.
在另一实施方案中,允许细胞生长规定的一段时间。例如,取决于细胞培养物的起始浓度、细胞培养的温度、和细胞固有的生长速率,可以培养细胞0、1、2、3、4、5、6、7、8、9、10、11、12、13、14、15、16、17、18、19、20或更多天。在一些情况下,可以允许细胞生长一个月或更长。In another embodiment, the cells are allowed to grow for a defined period of time. For example, depending on the starting concentration of the cell culture, the temperature of the cell culture, and the intrinsic growth rate of the cells, the cells can be cultured for 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20 or more days. In some cases, the cells can be allowed to grow for a month or longer.
在初始培养阶段可以搅拌或摇动细胞培养物以增加氧合和营养物至细胞的扩散。根据本发明,本领域普通技术人员明了,在初始生长阶段中控制或调节某些生物反应器内部条件可能是有利的,包括但不限于pH、温度、氧合等。例如,pH可以通过提供合适量的酸或碱来控制,氧合可以通过本领域熟知的鼓泡装置(sparging device)控制。The cell culture can be stirred or shaken during the initial culture phase to increase oxygenation and diffusion of nutrients to the cells. In light of the present disclosure, it will be apparent to those skilled in the art that it may be advantageous to control or adjust certain internal bioreactor conditions during the initial growth phase, including but not limited to pH, temperature, oxygenation, and the like. For example, pH can be controlled by providing an appropriate amount of acid or base, and oxygenation can be controlled using a sparging device, as is well known in the art.
初始培养步骤是生长阶段,其中可以修饰分批细胞培养条件以增强重组细胞的生长,产生种子罐(seed train)。生长阶段通常指指数生长期,在该指数生长期细胞通常快速分裂,例如生长。在该阶段中,细胞在对细胞生长而言最佳的条件下培养一段时间,通常1-4天,例如1、2、3或4天,但不限于此。可以通过本领域技术人员已知的方法,针对具体宿主细胞,确定宿主细胞的生长周期。The initial culture step is the growth phase, during which batch cell culture conditions can be modified to enhance the growth of the recombinant cells and to produce a seed train. The growth phase generally refers to the exponential growth phase, during which cells typically divide rapidly, e.g., grow. During this phase, cells are cultured under conditions optimal for cell growth for a period of time, typically 1-4 days, e.g., 1, 2, 3, or 4 days, but not limited thereto. The growth cycle of host cells can be determined for a particular host cell by methods known to those skilled in the art.
在生长阶段,可以按批模式向培养容器供给本文的基础细胞培养基和细胞。在一方面,培养基含有少于约5%或少于1%或少于0.1%血清和其它动物源蛋白。然而,如果期望的话,可以使用血清和动物源蛋白质。在细胞生长的特定点,细胞可以形成接种物以在生产阶段于培养开始时接种培养基。备选地,生产阶段可以与生长阶段是连续的。多肽生产阶段一般接在细胞生长阶段后面。During the growth phase, the basal cell culture medium and cells described herein can be supplied to the culture vessel in a batch mode. In one aspect, the culture medium contains less than about 5%, less than 1%, or less than 0.1% serum and other animal-derived proteins. However, serum and animal-derived proteins can be used if desired. At a specific point in the cell growth process, the cells can be used to form an inoculum to inoculate the culture medium at the start of the production phase. Alternatively, the production phase can be continuous with the growth phase. The polypeptide production phase generally follows the cell growth phase.
在多肽生产阶段中,细胞培养物可以维持在利于细胞培养物存活和生存力并适于表达期望多肽的第二组培养条件(相对于生长阶段而言)下。例如,在后续的生产阶段,CHO细胞在25℃至38℃的范围中良好地表达重组多肽和蛋白质。可以通过多个离散的温度迁移以增加细胞密度或生存力或增加重组多肽或蛋白质的表达。在一方面,相比于在不同培养基中生产多肽时获得的杂质,本文提供的培养基当用于增加多肽产量的方法中时可以减少代谢副产物的存在。在一个变化中,杂质是活性氧。在一方面,相比于在不同培养基中生产多肽时获得的颜色强度,本文提供的培养基当用于增加多肽产量的方法中时降低多肽产品的颜色强度。在一个变化中,增加多肽产量的方法包括在多肽生产阶段中温度迁移步骤。在进一步变化中,温度迁移步骤包括从31℃到38℃,从32℃到38℃,从33℃到38℃,从34℃到38℃,从35℃到38℃,从36℃到38℃,从31℃到32℃,从31℃到33℃,从31℃到34℃,从31℃到35℃或从31℃到36℃的温度迁移。In the polypeptide production stage, cell culture can be maintained under a second set of culture conditions (relative to the growth stage) that are beneficial to cell culture survival and viability and are suitable for expressing the desired polypeptide. For example, in the subsequent production stage, Chinese hamster ovary celI expresses recombinant polypeptides and proteins well in the range of 25 ℃ to 38 ℃. It is possible to migrate to increase cell density or viability or increase the expression of recombinant polypeptides or proteins by multiple discrete temperatures. On the one hand, compared to the impurities obtained when producing polypeptides in different culture media, provided herein is a culture medium that can reduce the presence of metabolic byproducts when used in the method for increasing polypeptide output. In one variation, the impurity is reactive oxygen. On the one hand, compared to the color intensity obtained when producing polypeptides in different culture media, provided herein is a culture medium that reduces the color intensity of polypeptide products when used in the method for increasing polypeptide output. In one variation, the method for increasing polypeptide output is included in a temperature migration step in the polypeptide production stage. In further variations, the temperature migration step includes a temperature migration from 31°C to 38°C, from 32°C to 38°C, from 33°C to 38°C, from 34°C to 38°C, from 35°C to 38°C, from 36°C to 38°C, from 31°C to 32°C, from 31°C to 33°C, from 31°C to 34°C, from 31°C to 35°C or from 31°C to 36°C.
细胞可以维持在后续的生产阶段直到达到期望的细胞密度或产量滴度。在一个实施方案中,细胞维持在后续生产阶段直至重组多肽的滴度达到最大。在其它实施方案中,可以在该点之前收获培养物。例如,细胞可以维持足够长的时间以使存活细胞密度达到最大存活细胞密度的百分之1、5、10、15、20、25、30、35、40、45、50、55、60、65、70、75、80、85、90、95或99。在一些情况下,可能期望的是,允许存活细胞密度达到最大,然后在收获培养物之前允许存活细胞密度降低到某个水平。In some embodiments, the cell culture medium is grown in the presence of a plurality of cells of the present invention. The cell culture medium is grown in the presence of a plurality of cells of the present invention. The cell culture medium is grown in the presence of a plurality of cells of the present invention. The cell culture medium is grown in the presence of a plurality of cells of the present invention. The cell culture medium is grown in the presence of a plurality of cells of the present invention. The cell culture medium is grown in the presence of a plurality of cells of the present invention. The cell culture medium is grown in the presence of a plurality of cells of the present invention. The cell culture medium is grown in the presence of a plurality of cells of the present invention. The cell culture medium is grown in the presence of a plurality of cells of the present invention. The cell culture medium is grown in the presence of a plurality of cells of the present invention. The cell culture medium is grown in the presence of a plurality of cells of the present invention.
在某些情况下,可能有利或必需的是,在后续生产阶段向细胞培养物补充已被细胞耗竭或代谢掉的营养物或其它培养基成分。例如,可能有利的是,向细胞培养物补充在监测细胞培养物期间观察到已经耗竭的营养物或其它培养基成分。备选地或额外地,可能有益或必需的是,在后续生产阶段之前补充细胞培养物。作为非限制性例子,可能有益或必需的是,向细胞培养物补充激素和/或其它生长因子、特定离子(例如钠、氯、钙、镁和磷酸根)、缓冲液、维生素、核苷或核苷酸、痕量元素(通常以非常低的最终浓度存在的无机化合物)、氨基酸、脂质、或葡萄糖或其它能源。In some cases, it may be advantageous or necessary to supplement the cell culture with nutrients or other culture medium components that have been depleted or metabolized by the cells during the subsequent production phase. For example, it may be advantageous to supplement the cell culture with nutrients or other culture medium components that are observed to have been depleted during monitoring of the cell culture. Alternatively or additionally, it may be advantageous or necessary to supplement the cell culture prior to the subsequent production phase. As non-limiting examples, it may be advantageous or necessary to supplement the cell culture with hormones and/or other growth factors, specific ions (e.g., sodium, chloride, calcium, magnesium, and phosphate), buffers, vitamins, nucleosides or nucleotides, trace elements (inorganic compounds typically present at very low final concentrations), amino acids, lipids, or glucose or other energy sources.
本文提供的组分(例如,亚牛磺酸或其类似物或前体)可以在细胞培养周期的任何时间被加入到细胞培养基中。例如,亚牛磺酸可以在14天的细胞培养周期的0-14天中的任何一天或多天(例如第0、1、2、3、4、5、6、7、8、9、10、11、12、13或14天中的任何一天或多天)以任何量添加,从而提供以本文所提供的浓度(例如,至少0.0001mM)包含亚牛磺酸的细胞培养基。因此可以理解,对于14天的细胞培养周期,亚牛磺酸可以在0-14天中的任何一天或多天(例如第0、1、2、3、4、5、6、7、8、9、10、11、12、13或14天中的任何一天或多天)以任何量添加。如本文使用的“第0天”可以指,在向细胞培养物施加细胞培养基之前、已补充有本文提供的组分(例如,亚牛磺酸)的细胞培养基。可以理解的是,细胞培养周期可以是任何天数,只要细胞保持存活和/或生产出足够水平的多肽(可通过本领域技术人员确定)。例如,细胞培养周期可以持续至少3天、4天、5天、6天、7天、8天、9天、10天、11天、12天、13天、14天、15天、16天、17天、18天、19天或20天。在一些实施方案中,本文所提供的组分(例如,亚牛磺酸或其类似物或前体)至少在细胞培养周期的一天加入到细胞培养基中。Components provided herein (e.g., hypotaurine or its analogs or precursors) can be added to the cell culture medium at any time during the cell culture cycle. For example, hypotaurine can be added in any amount at any one or more days (e.g., any one or more days, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, or 14 days) during a 14-day cell culture cycle, thereby providing a cell culture medium comprising hypotaurine at a concentration (e.g., at least 0.0001 mM) provided herein. Therefore, it is understood that for a 14-day cell culture cycle, hypotaurine can be added in any amount at any one or more days (e.g., any one or more days, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, or 14 days) during a 0-14-day cell culture cycle. "Day 0" as used herein can refer to a cell culture medium supplemented with a component (e.g., hypotaurine) provided herein before cell culture medium is applied. It will be appreciated that the cell culture cycle can be any number of days, as long as the cells remain alive and/or produce sufficient levels of polypeptide (which can be determined by those skilled in the art). For example, the cell culture cycle can continue for at least 3 days, 4 days, 5 days, 6 days, 7 days, 8 days, 9 days, 10 days, 11 days, 12 days, 13 days, 14 days, 15 days, 16 days, 17 days, 18 days, 19 days or 20 days. In some embodiments, the component provided herein (for example, hypotaurine or its analog or precursor) is added to the cell culture medium at least one day of the cell culture cycle.
多肽纯化Peptide purification
目的多肽优选作为分泌的多肽从培养基中回收,但当多肽无分泌信号而直接表达时也可以从宿主细胞裂解物中回收。在一方面,生产的多肽是抗体,例如单克隆抗体。The polypeptide of interest is preferably recovered from the culture medium as a secreted polypeptide, but may also be recovered from host cell lysates when the polypeptide is directly expressed without a secretion signal. In one aspect, the polypeptide produced is an antibody, such as a monoclonal antibody.
可以离心培养基或裂解物以除去颗粒细胞碎片。之后多肽可以从杂质可溶性蛋白质和多肽中纯化出来,下面的方案是适宜的纯化方案的例子:在免疫亲和柱或离子交换柱上分级分离;乙醇沉淀;反相HPLC;在硅胶上或在阳离子交换树脂例如DEAE上层析;层析聚焦;SDS-PAGE;硫酸铵沉淀;使用例如Sephadex G-75进行凝胶过滤;和蛋白A Sepharose柱以除去诸如IgG等杂质。蛋白酶抑制剂例如苯甲基磺酰氟(PMSF)可以用于抑制纯化过程中的蛋白质水解降解。本领域技术人员明了,适于目的多肽的纯化方法可能需要修改以适应在重组细胞培养物中表达时多肽的特性变化。多肽通常可以使用层析技术(例如蛋白A、亲和层析加低pH洗脱步骤和离子交换层析以除去工艺杂质)纯化。对于抗体,蛋白质A作为亲和配体的适合性取决于存在于抗体中的任何免疫球蛋白Fc结构域的种类和同种型。蛋白A可以用于纯化基于人γ1、γ2或γ4重链的抗体((Lindmark et al.,J.Immunol.Meth.62:1-13(1983))。推荐将蛋白G用于所有小鼠同种型和人γ3((Guss et al.,EMBO J.5:15671575(1986))。纯化的蛋白质可以浓缩以提供浓缩的蛋白质药物产品,如本文所述,例如具有至少1mg/mL或10mg/mL或50mg/mL或75mg/mL或100mg/mL或125mg/mL或150mg/mL的蛋白质浓度、或约1mg/mL或10mg/mL或50mg/mL或75mg/mL或100mg/mL或125mg/mL或150mg/mL的浓度的产品。可以理解,浓缩的多肽产品可以浓缩达到在浓缩条件下允许的水平,例如达到多肽在溶液中不再可溶的浓度。例如,多肽纯化方法可以包括步骤:从多肽生产细胞收获细胞培养液,通过蛋白A亲和层析纯化多肽,通过阴离子和阳离子交换层析进一步纯化,过滤除去病毒,和最后的超滤和渗滤步骤用于多肽的最终配制和浓缩。生产和纯化多肽用于药物配制的方法的非限制实例描述于Kelley,B.MAbs.,2009,1(5):443-452,该文献特此完整地并入此处作为参考。The culture medium or lysate can be centrifuged to remove particulate cell debris. The polypeptide can then be purified from contaminating soluble proteins and polypeptides. The following are examples of suitable purification protocols: fractionation on an immunoaffinity column or ion exchange column; ethanol precipitation; reversed-phase HPLC; chromatography on silica gel or on a cation exchange resin such as DEAE; chromatofocusing; SDS-PAGE; ammonium sulfate precipitation; gel filtration using, for example, Sephadex G-75; and Protein A Sepharose columns to remove impurities such as IgG. Protease inhibitors such as phenylmethylsulfonyl fluoride (PMSF) can be used to inhibit proteolytic degradation during purification. Those skilled in the art will appreciate that purification methods suitable for the polypeptide of interest may need to be modified to accommodate changes in the properties of the polypeptide when expressed in recombinant cell culture. Polypeptides can generally be purified using chromatographic techniques (e.g., Protein A, affinity chromatography with a low pH elution step and ion exchange chromatography to remove process impurities). For antibodies, the suitability of Protein A as an affinity ligand depends on the species and isotype of any immunoglobulin Fc domain present in the antibody. Protein A can be used to purify antibodies based on human γ1, γ2, or γ4 heavy chains ((Lindmark et al., J. Immunol. Meth. 62:1-13 (1983))). Protein G is recommended for all mouse isotypes and human γ3 ((Guss et al., EMBO J. 5:1567-1575 (1986))). The purified protein can be concentrated to provide a concentrated protein drug product, as described herein, for example, a product having a protein concentration of at least 1 mg/mL or 10 mg/mL or 50 mg/mL or 75 mg/mL or 100 mg/mL or 125 mg/mL or 150 mg/mL, or a concentration of about 1 mg/mL or 10 mg/mL or 50 mg/mL or 75 mg/mL or 100 mg/mL or 125 mg/mL or 150 mg/mL. It will be appreciated that the concentrated polypeptide product can be concentrated to provide a concentrated protein drug product. To a level permitted under the concentration conditions, for example, to a concentration at which the polypeptide is no longer soluble in solution. For example, a method for purifying a polypeptide may include the steps of harvesting cell culture fluid from polypeptide-producing cells, purifying the polypeptide by protein A affinity chromatography, further purification by anion and cation exchange chromatography, filtration to remove viruses, and a final ultrafiltration and diafiltration step for final formulation and concentration of the polypeptide. Non-limiting examples of methods for producing and purifying polypeptides for pharmaceutical formulation are described in Kelley, B. MAbs., 2009, 1(5): 443-452, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
多肽颜色评价Peptide color evaluation
通过本文所述方法生产的和存在于本文提供的组合物中的多肽可以在蛋白质纯化方法的任何步骤进行颜色评价。用于评价颜色的方法可以涉及:从在本文所述培养基中培养的细胞收获细胞培养液,从细胞培养液纯化多肽以获得包含多肽的组合物(例如溶液),评价包含多肽的溶液的颜色。在一个变化中,在使用蛋白A亲和层析纯化后,评价包含多肽的组合物的颜色。在一个进一步变化中,在通过离子交换层析纯化后,评价包含多肽的组合物的颜色。在另一变化中,在通过高效液相色谱纯化后,评价包含多肽的组合物的颜色。在再一变化中,通过疏水相互作用层析纯化后,评价包含多肽的组合物的颜色。在再一变化中,通过大小排阻层析纯化后,评价包含多肽的组合物的颜色。在一个变化中,通过过滤(包括微滤或超滤)纯化后,评价包含多肽的组合物的颜色。在一个变化中,在评价颜色之前,浓缩包含多肽的组合物(例如,组合物可以包含至少1mg/mL、10mg/mL、50mg/mL、75mg/mL、100mg/mL、125mg/mL或150mg/mL多肽,例如抗体)。包含多肽的组合物可以通过离心、过滤装置、半透膜、透析、沉淀、离子交换层析、亲和层析、高效液相色谱、或疏水相互作用层析进行浓缩。在一个变化中,在评价颜色之前,多肽可以通过冻干和重悬进行浓缩。可以在使用本文所述一种或多种技术进行纯化后,对包含多肽的组合物进行颜色评价。本文考虑,在包含多肽的组合物经历一个或多个冻融循环后,进行组合物的颜色评价。本文还考虑,在纯化或浓缩多肽之前对包含多肽的细胞培养液进行颜色评价的方法。The polypeptide produced by the methods described herein and present in the compositions provided herein can be evaluated for color at any step of the protein purification method. The method for evaluating color can involve: harvesting cell culture fluid from cells cultivated in culture medium described herein, purifying polypeptide from the cell culture fluid to obtain a composition (e.g., solution) comprising the polypeptide, and evaluating the color of the solution comprising the polypeptide. In one variation, after purification using protein A affinity chromatography, the color of the composition comprising the polypeptide is evaluated. In a further variation, after purification by ion exchange chromatography, the color of the composition comprising the polypeptide is evaluated. In another variation, after purification by high performance liquid chromatography, the color of the composition comprising the polypeptide is evaluated. In yet another variation, after purification by hydrophobic interaction chromatography, the color of the composition comprising the polypeptide is evaluated. In yet another variation, after purification by size exclusion chromatography, the color of the composition comprising the polypeptide is evaluated. In one variation, after purification by filtration (including microfiltration or ultrafiltration), the color of the composition comprising the polypeptide is evaluated. In one variation, before evaluating color, the composition comprising the polypeptide is concentrated (for example, the composition can comprise at least 1 mg/mL, 10 mg/mL, 50 mg/mL, 75 mg/mL, 100 mg/mL, 125 mg/mL or 150 mg/mL polypeptide, such as an antibody). The composition comprising the polypeptide can be concentrated by centrifugation, filtering device, semipermeable membrane, dialysis, precipitation, ion exchange chromatography, affinity chromatography, high performance liquid chromatography or hydrophobic interaction chromatography. In one variation, before evaluating color, the polypeptide can be concentrated by freeze-drying and resuspending. After purification using one or more techniques described herein, the composition comprising the polypeptide can be evaluated for color. It is contemplated herein that after the composition comprising the polypeptide has undergone one or more freeze-thaw cycles, the color evaluation of the composition can be performed. It is also contemplated herein that the cell culture fluid comprising the polypeptide can be evaluated for color before purification or concentration of the polypeptide.
使用本文所述培养基通过本文所述方法产生(或存在于本文提供的组合物中)的多肽可以使用一种或多种目视颜色标准进行颜色评价。用于包含多肽的组合物的颜色评价的方法包括使用国际或国内颜色标准,例如,但不限于,美国药典颜色标准和欧洲药典颜色标准。参见USP-24专论631 Color and Achromaticity.United States PharmacopoeiaInc.,2000,p.1926-1927和Council of Europe.European Pharmacopoeia,2008,第7版,P.22,这些文献特此完整地并入此处作为参考。例如,可以使用颜色、乳光和着色(COC)试验评价包含多肽的溶液的颜色。在一个变化中,使用相同的12mm外径的无色透明中性玻璃管,比较2.0mL含多肽的组合物和2.0mL水或溶剂或专论中规定的参考溶液。在漫射日光中比较颜色,相对于白背景水平地观察以进行颜色确定、测量或评价。在另一变化中,使用相同的内径15mm至25mm的平底无色透明中性玻璃管,比较含多肽的组合物与水或溶剂或专论规定的参考溶液,其中层深度为40mm。在漫射日光中比较颜色,相对于白背景垂直观察用于颜色确定、测量或评价。在一个变化中,可以通过人目视观察,进行颜色确定、测量或评价。在另一变化中,可以使用自动化方法,进行颜色确定、测量或评价。例如,可以将管加载到机器中,机器对管进行成像,以便使用算法对图像进行处理以确定、测量或评价颜色。可以理解,COC试验的参考标准可以是,但不限于,棕色(B)、棕黄色(BY)、黄色(Y)、绿黄色(GY)或红色(R)中的任一个。与棕色参考标准比较的含多肽的组合物可以被给予B1(最深)、B2、B3、B4、B5、B6、B7、B8或B9(最浅)的棕色参考标准值。与棕黄色参考标准比较的含多肽的组合物可以被给予BY1(最深)、BY2、BY3、BY4、BY5、BY6或BY7(最浅)的棕黄色参考标准值。与黄色参考标准比较的含多肽的组合物可以被给予Y1(最深)、Y2、Y3、Y4、Y5、Y6或Y7(最浅)的黄色参考标准值。与绿黄色参考标准比较的含多肽的组合物可以被给予GY1(最深)、GY2、GY3、GY4、GY5、GY6或GY7(最浅)的绿黄色参考标准值。与红色参考标准比较的含多肽的组合物可以被给予R1(最深)、R2、R3、R4、R5、R6或R7(最浅)的红色参考标准值。在一方面,可接受的颜色可以是除了在本文所给级别上测量为最深的颜色外的任何颜色(例如,对于红色参考标准值,除了R1)。在一个变化中,包含由培养在本文所述培养基中的细胞产生的多肽的组合物的颜色具有表3所述的参考标准值。如本文所述,可以理解,在一方面,可以用于本文方法和组合物中的培养基导致多肽组合物(其在一个变化中是包含至少100mg/mL或125mg/mL或150mg/mL多肽的组合物),所述组合物具有选自如下的参考标准颜色值:B3、B4、B5、B6、B7、B8、B9、BY3、BY4、BY5、BY6、BY7、Y3、Y4、Y5、Y6、Y7、GY3、GY4、GY5、GY6、GY7、R3、R4、R5、R6和R7。在一方面,可以用于本文方法和组合物中的培养基导致多肽组合物(其在一个变化中是包含至少100mg/mL或125mg/mL或150mg/mL多肽的组合物),所述组合物具有大于B4、B5、B6、B7、B8、BY4、BY5、BY6、Y4、Y5、Y6、GY4、GY5、GY6、GY7、R3、R4、R5和R6中任一个的参考标准颜色值。本领域技术人员明了,参考标准颜色值的描述适用于本文所述任何培养基、方法或组合物,并且可以进一步修饰对本文所述任何培养基、方法或组合物的描述。The polypeptide produced by the methods described herein (or present in the compositions provided herein) using culture medium described herein can be evaluated for color using one or more visual color standards. The method for color evaluation of the composition comprising the polypeptide includes the use of international or domestic color standards, such as, but not limited to, the United States Pharmacopoeia color standard and the European Pharmacopoeia color standard. Referring to USP-24 monograph 631 Color and Achromaticity. United States Pharmacopoeia Inc., 2000, p.1926-1927 and Council of Europe. European Pharmacopoeia, 2008, 7th edition, p.22, these documents are hereby incorporated herein by reference in their entirety. For example, the color of the solution comprising the polypeptide can be evaluated using color, opalescence and staining (COC) tests. In one variation, a colorless, transparent, neutral glass tube with an identical 12 mm outer diameter is used to compare 2.0 mL of the composition containing the polypeptide and 2.0 mL of water or solvent or the reference solution specified in the monograph. The colors are compared in diffuse daylight and observed horizontally relative to a white background to determine, measure or evaluate the color. In another variation, a polypeptide-containing composition is compared to water or a solvent or a monograph-specified reference solution using the same flat-bottomed, colorless, transparent, neutral glass tube with an inner diameter of 15 mm to 25 mm, with a depth of 40 mm. The color is compared in diffuse daylight, vertically observed against a white background for color determination, measurement, or evaluation. In one variation, color determination, measurement, or evaluation can be performed by human visual observation. In another variation, color determination, measurement, or evaluation can be performed using automated methods. For example, the tube can be loaded into a machine that images the tube so that the image is processed using an algorithm to determine, measure, or evaluate the color. It will be understood that the reference standard for the COC test can be, but is not limited to, any of brown (B), tan (BY), yellow (Y), green (GY), or red (R). The polypeptide-containing composition compared to the brown reference standard can be assigned a brown reference standard value of B1 (darkest), B2, B3, B4, B5, B6, B7, B8, or B9 (lightest). A polypeptide-containing composition compared to a tan reference standard can be assigned a tan reference standard value of BY1 (darkest), BY2, BY3, BY4, BY5, BY6, or BY7 (lightest). A polypeptide-containing composition compared to a yellow reference standard can be assigned a yellow reference standard value of Y1 (darkest), Y2, Y3, Y4, Y5, Y6, or Y7 (lightest). A polypeptide-containing composition compared to a greenish-yellow reference standard can be assigned a greenish-yellow reference standard value of GY1 (darkest), GY2, GY3, GY4, GY5, GY6, or GY7 (lightest). A polypeptide-containing composition compared to a red reference standard can be assigned a red reference standard value of R1 (darkest), R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, or R7 (lightest). In one aspect, an acceptable color can be any color other than the darkest color measured on the scale given herein (e.g., except R1 for a red reference standard value). In one variation, the color of a composition comprising a polypeptide produced by cells cultured in a culture medium described herein has a reference standard value as described in Table 3. As described herein, it will be appreciated that, in one aspect, the culture medium that can be used in the methods and compositions herein results in a polypeptide composition (which, in one variation, is a composition comprising at least 100 mg/mL, or 125 mg/mL, or 150 mg/mL of polypeptide) having a reference standard color value selected from the group consisting of: B3, B4, B5, B6, B7, B8, B9, BY3, BY4, BY5, BY6, BY7, Y3, Y4, Y5, Y6, Y7, GY3, GY4, GY5, GY6, GY7, R3, R4, R5, R6, and R7. In one aspect, the culture medium that can be used in the methods and compositions herein results in a polypeptide composition (which, in one variation, is a composition comprising at least 100 mg/mL, or 125 mg/mL, or 150 mg/mL of polypeptide) having a reference standard color value greater than any of B4, B5, B6, B7, B8, BY4, BY5, BY6, Y4, Y5, Y6, GY4, GY5, GY6, GY7, R3, R4, R5, and R6. It will be appreciated by those skilled in the art that the description of reference standard color values applies to any culture medium, method, or composition described herein, and that the description of any culture medium, method, or composition described herein can be further modified.
在一些实施方案中,使用总颜色测定法测定颜色强度。参见,例如,Vijayasankaran et al.,Biotechol.Prog.29:1270-1277,2013,其在此引入作为参考。对于总颜色测定法,使用颜色测量的CIE系统来推导样品的相对颜色的定量值,如Berns etal.,Billmeyer and Saltzman’s Principles of Color Technology,3rd Edition.NewYork,NY,John Wiley&Sons,Inc.,(2000)所述。简言之,在用水作空白校正后,使用HP8453A分光光度计(1cm路径小杯)在可见光区域(380-780nm)测量净测试样品的吸收光谱。然后如以前于Standard Practice for Calculation of Color Tolerances and ColorDifferences from Instrumentally Measured Color Coordinates,Annual Book ofASTM Standards,Vol.06.01,(2011)中描述的,将吸收光谱转换成CIE L*a*b*色标度。L*a*b*是在视觉感知上具有大致均匀间隔的三维颜色空间。L*a*b*颜色空间能够量化对色彩视觉判断的差异。例如,在视觉上判断为具有非常不同颜色的两种溶液将会在L*a*b*颜色空间中进一步分开,相比之下,具有类似颜色的两种溶液在L*a*b*颜色空间内更靠近在一起。在三维L*a*b*颜色空间内,点之间的距离被计算为点之间的欧几里德(Euclidian,△E)。这允许测量在L*a*b*颜色空间中的点之间的ΔE,并将该距离与对色差的视觉观感判断相关联,大的ΔE表示非常不同颜色的两种溶液,而小的ΔE表示类似颜色的两种溶液。吸收光谱向L*a*b*颜色空间的转换需要一个限定的光源。例如,在可见光区的人工平谱可以用作光源。在一些实施方案中,“总颜色”可以表示ΔE,其对应于在三维CIE的L*a*b*颜色空间中测试样品和水之间的欧几里德距离。此外,“总颜色”可以代表测试的单克隆抗体样品的总体颜色而不区分不同色调。总颜色可以用针对参考标准所测量的值标准化。例如,颜色强度值随后可以通过计算测试单克隆抗体样品的“总颜色”的测量值与含有COC读数≤B5的参照单克隆抗体样品的测量值的比值来确定。In some embodiments, color intensity is determined using a total colorimetric method. See, for example, Vijayasankaran et al., Biotechol. Prog. 29: 1270-1277, 2013, which is incorporated herein by reference. For the total colorimetric method, the CIE system of color measurement is used to derive a quantitative value for the relative color of a sample, as described in Berns et al., Billmeyer and Saltzman's Principles of Color Technology, 3rd Edition. New York, NY, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., (2000). In brief, after blank correction with water, the absorbance spectrum of the net test sample is measured in the visible light region (380-780 nm) using an HP8453A spectrophotometer (1 cm path cuvette). The absorption spectrum is then converted to the CIE L*a*b* color scale as previously described in Standard Practice for Calculation of Color Tolerances and Color Differences from Instrumentally Measured Color Coordinates, Annual Book of ASTM Standards, Vol. 06.01, (2011). L*a*b* is a three-dimensional color space with roughly uniform spacing in visual perception. The L*a*b* color space can quantify differences in visual judgments of color. For example, two solutions that are visually judged to have very different colors will be further apart in the L*a*b* color space, while two solutions with similar colors will be closer together in the L*a*b* color space. In the three-dimensional L*a*b* color space, the distance between points is calculated as the Euclidean (ΔE) between the points. This allows the measurement of the ΔE between points in the L*a*b* color space and the correlation of this distance with the visual perception judgment of color difference, with a large ΔE representing two solutions of very different colors, and a small ΔE representing two solutions of similar colors. The conversion of the absorption spectrum to the L*a*b* color space requires a limited light source. For example, an artificial flat spectrum in the visible light region can be used as a light source. In some embodiments, the "total color" can represent a ΔE, which corresponds to the Euclidean distance between the test sample and water in the three-dimensional CIE L*a*b* color space. In addition, the "total color" can represent the overall color of the monoclonal antibody sample tested without distinguishing different hues. The total color can be standardized with the value measured for the reference standard. For example, the color intensity value can then be determined by calculating the ratio of the measured value of the "total color" of the test monoclonal antibody sample to the measured value of the reference monoclonal antibody sample containing a COC reading ≤ B5.
颜色强度也可以使用NIFTY(黄/棕色蛋白质的标化的内在荧光工具)测定法来测定。在该测定法中,抗体分子的荧光被用作颜色的代替物,这是因为已经证实颜色强度和荧光强度在蛋白A池中良好相关(R2=0.84)。参见Vijayasankaran et al.,Biotechnol Prog27:1270-1277(2013)。较高的NIFTY数值表示较高的色强度,较低的NIFTY数值表示较低的颜色强度。使用G3000SWXL柱(TOSOH),通过大小排阻色谱(SEC),以0.5mL/min等度流速,分析约50至125μg的单克隆抗体样品。用于SEC的流动相是0.2M磷酸钾,0.25M氯化钾,pH值6.2。柱温度控制在15℃。例如,可以监测SEC洗脱液在280nm的UV吸收、以及在350nm激发波长和425nm发射波长下的荧光。这些波长基于用这些波长所观察到的强相关性以及最大荧光反应来选择的。在UV吸收和荧光发射色谱上单克隆抗体物的SEC峰使用AgilentChemstation软件积分。对于每种单克隆抗体样品,通过将主峰的荧光峰面积除以主峰的UV吸收峰面积来确定标化的荧光,其用抗体质量贡献来校正荧光反应。颜色强度值随后通过计算测试的单克隆抗体样品的标化荧光与参照单克隆抗体样品(例如,含有COC读数≤B5的样品)的标化荧光的比值来确定。因为NIFTY所需的样本很小,当培养物体积有限时,它作为颜色的替代物是有用的。Color intensity can also be measured using the NIFTY (intrinsic fluorescence tool for standardization of yellow/brown proteins) assay. In this assay, the fluorescence of the antibody molecule is used as a surrogate for color because it has been shown that color intensity and fluorescence intensity are well correlated in the protein A pool (R2=0.84). See Vijayasankaran et al., Biotechnol Prog 27:1270-1277 (2013). A higher NIFTY value indicates a higher color intensity, and a lower NIFTY value indicates a lower color intensity. Using a G3000SWXL column (TOSOH), about 50 to 125 μg of monoclonal antibody sample was analyzed by size exclusion chromatography (SEC) at an isocratic flow rate of 0.5 mL/min. The mobile phase for SEC was 0.2 M potassium phosphate, 0.25 M potassium chloride, and a pH of 6.2. The column temperature was controlled at 15 ° C. For example, the SEC eluent can be monitored for UV absorption at 280 nm and fluorescence at 350 nm excitation wavelength and 425 nm emission wavelength. The SEC peak of monoclonal antibody is used for the quantification of color intensity.These wavelengths are selected based on the strong correlation and maximum fluorescence reaction observed with these wavelengths.On UV absorption and fluorescence emission chromatogram, the SEC peak of monoclonal antibody is used Agilent Chemstation software integration.For every kind of monoclonal antibody sample, by the fluorescence peak area of main peak divided by the UV absorption peak area of main peak, determine the fluorescence of standardization, it is corrected fluorescence reaction with antibody mass contribution.The color intensity value is determined subsequently by the ratio of the standardized fluorescence of the monoclonal antibody sample of calculation test and the standardized fluorescence of reference monoclonal antibody sample (for example, containing the sample of COC reading≤B5).Because the sample required for NIFTY is very little, when culture volume is limited, it is useful as the substitute of color.
NIFTY值可以按如下所示计算。F=荧光色谱上的峰面积;U=UV吸收色谱上的峰面积;i=变量;S=样品;R=参考。The NIFTY value can be calculated as follows: F = peak area on the fluorescence chromatogram; U = peak area on the UV absorption chromatogram; i = variable; S = sample; R = reference.
表3.示例性参考标准值Table 3. Exemplary Reference Standard Values
在另一实例中,使用本文描述的培养基通过本文描述的方法产生的(或存在于本文提供的组合物中的)多肽可以使用定量测定法进行颜色评价。在一些实施方案中,可以使用自动化方法进行定量测定法。在一些实施方案中,定量测定法提供的较高值(例如较高数值)表示较高的颜色强度而较低值(例如较低数值)表示较低的颜色强度。In another example, the polypeptide produced by the methods described herein (or present in the compositions provided herein) using the culture medium described herein can be evaluated for color using a quantitative assay. In some embodiments, an automated method can be used to perform a quantitative assay. In some embodiments, the higher value (e.g., higher numerical value) provided by the quantitative assay represents a higher color intensity, while the lower value (e.g., lower numerical value) represents a lower color intensity.
本文详述的颜色测定法可用于评估任何溶液(例如,含多肽的溶液),包括但不限于,本文提供的多肽组合物的颜色。The color assays detailed herein can be used to assess the color of any solution (e.g., a solution containing a polypeptide), including but not limited to, the polypeptide compositions provided herein.
组合物和药物制剂Compositions and pharmaceutical preparations
本发明还提供组合物,所述组合物包含细胞培养基和一种或多种其它组分,例如细胞或期望的多肽(例如抗体)。包含编码目的多肽(例如,抗体)的核酸的细胞可以在细胞培养期间将本发明的多肽分泌到细胞培养基中。因此,本发明的组合物可以包含产生多肽的细胞和本文提供的细胞培养基,所述多肽分泌到该细胞培养基中。也可以考虑含有所生产的多肽和本文提供的细胞培养基的组合物。在本发明的一些方面,组合物包含:(a)包含编码多肽的核酸的细胞;和(b)本文提供的细胞培养基。在一些方面,组合物包含:(a)多肽;和(b)本文提供的细胞培养基,其中所述多肽由包含编码多肽的核酸的细胞分泌至培养基中。在其他方面,组合物包含:(a)多肽;和(b)本文提供的细胞培养基,其中通过裂解包含编码多肽的分离核酸的细胞,将多肽释放至培养基。组合物的细胞可以是任何本文所述细胞(例如CHO细胞),组合物的培养基可以是任何本文所述培养基,例如包含表1或表2详述的一种或多种化合物的培养基。同样地,组合物的多肽可以是任何本文所述多肽,例如抗体。在一些方面,组合物可以具有颜色。在一些实施方案中,通过使用一种或多种可视颜色标准,确定、测量或评价颜色。可视颜色标准可以是国际或国内颜色标准,例如,但不限于,美国药典颜色标准和欧洲药典颜色标准。参见USP-24专论631Color and Achromaticity.UnitedStates Pharmacopoeia Inc.,2000,p.1926-1927和Council of Europe.EuropeanPharmacopoeia,2008,第7版,P.22。因此,在一些实施方案中,评价包含(a)多肽;和(b)本文提供的细胞培养基的组合物的颜色强度。在进一步的实施方案中,在评估颜色强度之前分离和/或纯化所述多肽。在一些实施方案中,包含(a)多肽;和(b)本文提供的细胞培养基的组合物的颜色强度用于预测最终蛋白质组合物的颜色强度。例如,使用如本文所述的COC测定法,测量包含多肽和本文提供的细胞培养基的组合物的颜色强度。如果颜色强度值大于B3、B4、B5、B6、B7、B8、或者B9,则存在最终的蛋白质组合物将具有大于B3、B4、B5、B6、B7、B8或者B9的颜色强度值的增加的可能性。在一些实施方案中,包含多肽和细胞培养基的组合物在测量颜色强度之前进行至少一个纯化步骤。在一些实施方案中,最终的蛋白质组合物是药物制剂。在一些方面,本文所提供的组合物包括至少约1mg/mL,10mg/mL或25mg/mL或50mg/mL或75mg/mL至约100mg/mL的浓度,或约1mg/mL,10mg/mL或25mg/mL或50mg/mL或75mg/mL至约100mg/mL的浓度的多肽。在一些方面,本文所提供的组合物包含至少100mg/mL或125mg/mL或150mg/mL的浓度、或约100mg/mL或125mg/mL或150mg/mL或175mg/mL或200mg/mL的浓度的多肽。The present invention also provides compositions comprising cell culture medium and one or more other components, such as cells or desired polypeptides (e.g., antibodies). Cells comprising nucleic acids encoding target polypeptides (e.g., antibodies) can secrete the polypeptides of the present invention into cell culture medium during cell culture. Therefore, the compositions of the present invention can comprise cells producing polypeptides and cell culture medium as provided herein, wherein the polypeptides are secreted into the cell culture medium. Compositions containing produced polypeptides and cell culture medium as provided herein can also be considered. In some aspects of the present invention, the compositions comprise: (a) cells comprising nucleic acids encoding polypeptides; and (b) cell culture medium as provided herein. In some aspects, the compositions comprise: (a) polypeptides; and (b) cell culture medium as provided herein, wherein the polypeptides are secreted into culture medium by cells comprising nucleic acids encoding polypeptides. In other aspects, the compositions comprise: (a) polypeptides; and (b) cell culture medium as provided herein, wherein the polypeptides are secreted into culture medium by cells comprising nucleic acids encoding polypeptides. In other aspects, the compositions comprise: (a) polypeptides; and (b) cell culture medium as provided herein, wherein the polypeptides are released into culture medium by lysing cells comprising isolated nucleic acids encoding polypeptides. The cells of the compositions can be any cells described herein (e.g., CHO cells), and the culture medium of the compositions can be any culture medium as described herein, such as culture medium comprising one or more compounds described in detail in Table 1 or Table 2. Similarly, the polypeptide of the composition can be any polypeptide described herein, such as an antibody. In some aspects, the composition can have color. In some embodiments, the color is determined, measured, or evaluated by using one or more visual color standards. The visual color standard can be an international or national color standard, for example, but not limited to, the United States Pharmacopoeia color standard and the European Pharmacopoeia color standard. See USP-24 Monograph 631 Color and Achromaticity. United States Pharmacopoeia Inc., 2000, p.1926-1927 and Council of Europe. European Pharmacopoeia, 2008, 7th edition, p.22. Therefore, in some embodiments, the color intensity of a composition comprising (a) a polypeptide; and (b) a cell culture medium provided herein is evaluated. In further embodiments, the polypeptide is isolated and/or purified before evaluating the color intensity. In some embodiments, the color intensity of a composition comprising (a) a polypeptide; and (b) a cell culture medium provided herein is used to predict the color intensity of the final protein composition. For example, the color intensity of a composition comprising a polypeptide and a cell culture medium provided herein is measured using a COC assay as described herein. In some embodiments, the composition of the present invention comprises a polypeptide having a color intensity greater than B3, B4, B5, B6, B7, B8 or B9, wherein the color intensity value is greater than B3, B4, B5, B6, B7, B8 or B9. ... In some aspects, the compositions provided herein comprise a polypeptide at a concentration of at least 100 mg/mL or 125 mg/mL or 150 mg/mL, or about 100 mg/mL or 125 mg/mL or 150 mg/mL or 175 mg/mL or 200 mg/mL.
通过本文所述任何方法产生的多肽(例如治疗性抗体)的组合物(例如药物制剂)可以通过将具有期望纯度的多肽与一种或多种可选的可药用载体(Remington'sPharmaceutical Sciences 16th edition,Osol,A.Ed.(1980))混合,配制为冻干制剂或水溶液的形式。可药用载体通常在所用剂量和浓度下对接受者是无毒的,其包括但不限于:缓冲液,抗氧化剂,防腐剂,低分子量(小于约10个残基)多肽,蛋白质,亲水性聚合物,氨基酸,单糖、双糖、和其它糖类,螯合剂,糖,成盐反离子,金属络合物(例如Zn-蛋白络合物),和/或非离子表面活性剂。示例性冻干多肽制剂描述于美国专利号6,267,958。水性多肽制剂包括美国专利号6,171,586和WO2006/044908中描述的那些,后面的制剂包括组氨酸-乙酸缓冲液。在一些实施方案中,将药物制剂施用给哺乳动物例如人。多肽(例如,抗体)的药物制剂可通过任何合适的手段,包括胃肠外,肺内和鼻内施用,并且,如果希望局部治疗,通过病灶内施用。肠胃外灌注包括肌内、静脉内、动脉内、腹膜内或皮下施用。剂量可以通过任何合适的途径,例如通过注射,如静脉内或皮下注射,这部分取决于施用是短暂的或长期的。因此,本文中提供的含多肽的制剂可适合于注射,如皮下注射到个体(例如,皮下注射入人)。用于体内施用的药物制剂通常是无菌的。无菌可以容易地通过例如通过无菌过滤膜过滤而实现。Compositions (e.g., pharmaceutical preparations) of polypeptides (e.g., therapeutic antibodies) produced by any of the methods described herein can be prepared by mixing the polypeptides of desired purity with one or more optional pharmaceutically acceptable carriers (Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences 16th edition, Osol, A. Ed. (1980)) in the form of a lyophilized formulation or an aqueous solution. Pharmaceutically acceptable carriers are generally non-toxic to the recipient at the dosages and concentrations used, and include, but are not limited to, buffers, antioxidants, preservatives, low molecular weight (less than about 10 residues) polypeptides, proteins, hydrophilic polymers, amino acids, monosaccharides, disaccharides, and other sugars, chelating agents, sugars, salt-forming counterions, metal complexes (e.g., Zn-protein complexes), and/or nonionic surfactants. Exemplary lyophilized polypeptide formulations are described in U.S. Patent No. 6,267,958. Aqueous polypeptide formulations include those described in U.S. Patent No. 6,171,586 and WO2006/044908, with the latter formulations including histidine-acetate buffer. In some embodiments, pharmaceutical preparation is administered to mammals such as people. The pharmaceutical preparation of polypeptide (for example, antibody) can be by any suitable means, including parenteral, intrapulmonary and intranasal administration, and, if desired local treatment, by intralesional administration. Parenteral perfusion includes intramuscular, intravenous, intraarterial, intraperitoneal or subcutaneous administration. Dosage can be by any suitable approach, for example, by injection, such as intravenous or subcutaneous injection, and this part depends on whether administration is short-lived or long-term. Therefore, the preparation containing polypeptide provided herein can be suitable for injection, such as subcutaneous injection to individuality (for example, subcutaneous injection into people). The pharmaceutical preparation for use in vivo is normally sterile. Sterile can easily be achieved by, for example, filtering through a sterile filtration membrane.
在一些方面,本文提供的组合物(例如药物制剂)包含例如约1mg/mL、10mg/mL、25mg/mL、50mg/mL或75mg/mL浓度,或约1mg/mL、约10mg/mL、约25mg/mL、约50mg/mL或约75mg/mL至多达约100mg/mL浓度的多肽(例如治疗性多肽)。在其他方面,本文提供的组合物(例如药物制剂)包含至少约100mg/mL、125mg/mL、150mg/mL、200mg/mL或250mg/mL浓度、或者约100mg/mL、约125mg/mL、约150mg/mL、约175mg/mL、约200mg/mL或约250mg/m浓度的多肽(例如治疗性多肽)。在一些实施方案中,本文提供的药物制剂包含浓度大于至少约1mg/mL,至少约10mg/mL,至少约25mg/mL,至少约50mg/mL或至少约75mg/mL的多肽,并具有通过COC测定法测量的大于B3、B4、B5、B6、B7、B8或B9的颜色强度值。在一些方面,本文提供的药物制剂包含浓度大于至少约100mg/mL,至少约125mg/mL,至少约150mg/mL,或至少约200mg/mL的多肽,并具有通过COC测定法测量的大于B3、B4、B5、B6、B7、B8或B9的颜色强度值。在一些方面,通过COC测定法测定的颜色强度值可以是,但不限于,B、BY、Y、GY或R中的任一,其中较高的值指示较浅的颜色强度。在一些方面,本文提供的药物制剂包含浓度大于至少约1mg/mL,至少约10mg/mL,至少约25mg/mL,至少约50mg/mL或至少约75mg/mL的多肽,并具有通过颜色测定法测定的小于参考溶液的颜色强度值的颜色强度值。例如,相比于包含在不含表1或表2的一种或多种组分的细胞培养基中培养的细胞所生产的多肽的组合物,包含多肽(例如治疗性多肽)的组合物(例如药物制剂)的颜色强度可以降低至少0.1%、或约5%至约50%。In some respects, provided herein are compositions (such as pharmaceutical preparations) comprising for example about 1mg/mL, 10mg/mL, 25mg/mL, 50mg/mL or 75mg/mL concentration, or about 1mg/mL, about 10mg/mL, about 25mg/mL, about 50mg/mL or about 75mg/mL to the polypeptide (such as therapeutic polypeptide) of up to about 100mg/mL concentration. In other respects, provided herein are compositions (such as pharmaceutical preparations) comprising at least about 100mg/mL, 125mg/mL, 150mg/mL, 200mg/mL or 250mg/mL concentration or about 100mg/mL, about 125mg/mL, about 150mg/mL, about 175mg/mL, about 200mg/mL or about 250mg/mL concentration polypeptide (such as therapeutic polypeptide). In some embodiments, provided herein are pharmaceutical preparations comprising a concentration greater than at least about 1 mg/mL, at least about 10 mg/mL, at least about 25 mg/mL, at least about 50 mg/mL or at least about 75 mg/mL of polypeptide, and having a color intensity value greater than B3, B4, B5, B6, B7, B8 or B9 as measured by a COC assay. In some aspects, provided herein are pharmaceutical preparations comprising a concentration greater than at least about 100 mg/mL, at least about 125 mg/mL, at least about 150 mg/mL, or at least about 200 mg/mL of polypeptide, and having a color intensity value greater than B3, B4, B5, B6, B7, B8 or B9 as measured by a COC assay. In some aspects, the color intensity value measured by a COC assay can be, but is not limited to, any of B, BY, Y, GY or R, wherein a higher value indicates a lighter color intensity. In some aspects, the pharmaceutical formulations provided herein comprise a polypeptide at a concentration greater than at least about 1 mg/mL, at least about 10 mg/mL, at least about 25 mg/mL, at least about 50 mg/mL, or at least about 75 mg/mL and have a color intensity value as determined by a colorimetric assay that is less than the color intensity value of a reference solution. For example, the color intensity of a composition (e.g., a pharmaceutical formulation) comprising a polypeptide (e.g., a therapeutic polypeptide) can be reduced by at least 0.1%, or from about 5% to about 50%, compared to a composition comprising the polypeptide produced by cells cultured in a cell culture medium that does not contain one or more of the components of Table 1 or Table 2.
V.制品或试剂盒V. Products or Kits
本发明描述用于向细胞培养基补充化学确定的组分的试剂盒。试剂盒可以含有待重构的干组分,也可以含有使用说明书(例如用于向培养基补充试剂盒组分)。试剂盒可以以适宜补充细胞培养基的量含有本文提供的组分。在一些方面中,试剂盒包含选自亚牛磺酸,s-羧甲基半胱氨酸,鹅肌肽,丁基化羟基苯甲醚,肌肽,硫辛酸,以及槲皮苷水合物的一种或多种组分,其量使得可以以表1或表2提供的组分浓度补充细胞培养基。在一些实施方案中,试剂盒包含以下的一种或多种:(a)亚牛磺酸,其量为在细胞培养基中提供约2.0mM至约50.0mM的亚牛磺酸;(b)s-羧甲基半胱氨酸,其量为在细胞培养基中提供约8.0mM至约12.0mM的s-羧甲基半胱氨酸;(c)肌肽,其量为在细胞培养基中提供约8.0mM至约12.0mM的肌肽;(d)鹅肌肽,其量为在细胞培养基中提供约3.0mM至约5.0mM的鹅肌肽;(e)丁基化羟基苯甲醚,其量为在细胞培养基中提供约0.025mM至约0.040mM的丁基化羟基苯甲醚;(f)硫辛酸,其量为在细胞培养基中提供约0.040mM至约0.060mM的硫辛酸;(g)槲皮苷水合物,其量为在细胞培养基中提供约0.010mM至约0.020mM的槲皮苷水合物;和(h)氨基胍,其量为在细胞培养基中提供约0.0003mM至约10mM的氨基胍。在一些方面中,试剂盒包含一种或多种组分,其中所述一种或多种组分是亚牛磺酸或其类似物或前体。在一些实施方案中,亚牛磺酸或其类似物或前体选自亚牛磺酸、s-羧甲基半胱氨酸、半胱胺、半胱亚磺酸和牛磺酸。在一些实施方案中,一种用化学确定的组分补充细胞培养基的试剂盒,所述试剂盒包括至少约0.0001mM浓度的亚牛磺酸或其类似物或前体,并且其中所述亚牛磺酸或其类似物或前体选自亚牛磺酸、s-羧甲基半胱氨酸、半胱胺、半胱亚磺酸和牛磺酸。The present invention describes a kit for supplementing a cell culture medium with chemically defined components. The kit may contain dry components to be reconstituted and may also contain instructions for use (e.g., for supplementing the culture medium with the kit components). The kit may contain the components provided herein in amounts suitable for supplementing the cell culture medium. In some aspects, the kit comprises one or more components selected from hypotaurine, s-carboxymethylcysteine, anserine, butylated hydroxyanisole, carnosine, lipoic acid, and quercetin hydrate in amounts such that the cell culture medium can be supplemented at the component concentrations provided in Table 1 or Table 2. In some embodiments, the kit comprises one or more of the following: (a) hypotaurine in an amount to provide about 2.0 mM to about 50.0 mM hypotaurine in the cell culture medium; (b) s-carboxymethylcysteine in an amount to provide about 8.0 mM to about 12.0 mM s-carboxymethylcysteine in the cell culture medium; (c) carnosine in an amount to provide about 8.0 mM to about 12.0 mM carnosine in the cell culture medium; (d) anserine in an amount to provide about 3.0 mM to about 5.0 mM carnosine in the cell culture medium. (e) anserine; (e) butylated hydroxyanisole in an amount to provide about 0.025mM to about 0.040mM butylated hydroxyanisole in the cell culture medium; (f) lipoic acid in an amount to provide about 0.040mM to about 0.060mM lipoic acid in the cell culture medium; (g) quercetin hydrate in an amount to provide about 0.010mM to about 0.020mM quercetin hydrate in the cell culture medium; and (h) aminoguanidine in an amount to provide about 0.0003mM to about 10mM aminoguanidine in the cell culture medium. In some aspects, the kit comprises one or more components, wherein the one or more components are hypotaurine or an analog or precursor thereof. In some embodiments, hypotaurine or an analog or precursor thereof is selected from hypotaurine, s-carboxymethylcysteine, cysteamine, cysteinesulfinic acid and taurine. In some embodiments, a kit for supplementing a cell culture medium with a chemically defined component comprises hypotaurine or an analog or precursor thereof at a concentration of at least about 0.0001 mM, and wherein the hypotaurine or an analog or precursor thereof is selected from the group consisting of hypotaurine, s-carboxymethylcysteine, cysteamine, cysteinesulfinic acid, and taurine.
在本发明的另一个方面,提供一种制品,其包括容纳本发明的细胞培养基以及任选地提供使用说明的容器。合适的容器包括,例如瓶子和袋子。容器可以由多种材料例如玻璃或塑料制成。容器中容纳细胞培养基并且在容器上的或与之相关联的标签可以给出使用指导(例如,用于培养细胞)。制品可以进一步包括从商业和用户立场上需要的其它材料,包括其它缓冲液、稀释剂和具有使用说明的包装插页。In another aspect of the present invention, an article of manufacture is provided that includes a container containing the cell culture medium of the present invention and, optionally, instructions for use. Suitable containers include, for example, bottles and bags. The container can be made of a variety of materials, such as glass or plastic. The container contains the cell culture medium, and a label on or associated with the container can provide instructions for use (e.g., for culturing cells). The article of manufacture can further include other materials desirable from a commercial and user standpoint, including other buffers, diluents, and a package insert with instructions for use.
提供以下实施例用以举例说明但不限制本发明。The following examples are provided to illustrate but not to limit the present invention.
实施例Example
已经鉴定了可以生产蛋白质产品(例如蛋白质药物产品)的培养基,其中所述蛋白质产品具有可接受品质属性(例如降低的颜色强度),尤其是当蛋白质产品以浓缩溶液存在(例如达到浓度至少约1mg/mL至至少约100mg/mL)时具有可接受品质属性。本文描述了在本文提供的培养基中培养细胞的方法、以及使用该培养基生产多肽的方法。培养基在一方面可以包含亚牛磺酸。在本文提供的一些方面,培养基包括一种或多种亚牛磺酸或其类似物或前体,例如羧甲基半胱氨酸。每种培养基成分可以以本文全篇提供的任何值存在。培养基可以是化学确定的或化学不确定的。与在不同培养基中生产的多肽相比,本发明培养基当用于多肽生产方法中时可以减少活性氧种类的存在。本发明培养基可以用于细胞培养和多肽生产的任何阶段,并可以用于基础培养基和/或补料培养基中。本发明提供通过本发明所述任何方法生产的多肽、以及包含本文详述的多肽产品的药物组合物。在一方面,药物组合物以至少或约100mg/mL、125mg/mL或150mg/mL中任一的浓度包含多肽。尤其考虑生产抗体的方法和包含抗体的组合物。本发明还描述用于向细胞培养基补充化学确定的组分的试剂盒。Culture media have been identified that can produce protein products (e.g., protein pharmaceutical products) with acceptable quality attributes (e.g., reduced color intensity), particularly when the protein products are present as concentrated solutions (e.g., reaching a concentration of at least about 1 mg/mL to at least about 100 mg/mL). Methods of culturing cells in culture media provided herein and methods of producing polypeptides using the culture media are described herein. The culture media can comprise hypotaurine on the one hand. In some aspects provided herein, the culture media comprises one or more hypotaurine or its analogs or precursors, such as carboxymethylcysteine. Each culture media component can be present at any value provided herein. The culture media can be chemically defined or chemically undefined. The culture media of the present invention can reduce the presence of reactive oxygen species when used in polypeptide production methods compared to polypeptides produced in different culture media. The culture media of the present invention can be used in any stage of cell culture and polypeptide production and can be used in basal medium and/or feed medium. The present invention provides polypeptides produced by any method described herein and pharmaceutical compositions comprising the polypeptide products described in detail herein. In one aspect, the pharmaceutical composition comprises the polypeptide at a concentration of at least or about any of 100 mg/mL, 125 mg/mL, or 150 mg/mL. Methods of producing antibodies and compositions comprising the antibodies are particularly contemplated. The present invention also describes a kit for supplementing cell culture media with chemically defined components.
实施例1:鉴定能够在抗体组合物中降低颜色的抗氧化剂化合物Example 1: Identification of Antioxidant Compounds Capable of Reducing Color in Antibody Compositions
基于降低含蛋白质的组合物的颜色的能力,对已报告与氧化剂发生反应的化合物进行了筛选(表4)。对于抗氧化剂的筛选,通过混合1份基础培养基1和0.3份补料培养基2来制备总体积40ml培养基,从而反映在细胞培养条件中使用的培养基的代表性比值(表5)。培养基1和培养基2的混合物以前已显示出在用于培养抗体生产细胞时增加含有抗体的溶液的颜色强度,向培养基1和培养基2的混合物中补充30种抗氧化剂化合物之一并掺入2g/LIgG1单克隆抗体。五天的孵育期将样品在37℃以250rpm振荡培养。在筛选测定法中包括两个对照样品:1)40ml培养基1和培养基2混合物的样品,含有2g/L IgG1单克隆抗体,在没有抗氧化剂的情况下在37℃以250rpm振荡孵育5天(阳性对照);和2)40mL培养基混合物样品,其通过混合1份基础培养基3和0.3份补料培养基4制备(表5)(以前已显示出该混合物在用于培养抗体生产细胞时降低含有抗体的溶液的颜色强度),掺入2g/L IgG1单克隆抗体,在没有抗氧化剂的情况下在37℃以250rpm振荡孵育5天(阴性对照)。Compounds that have been reported to react with oxidants were screened based on their ability to reduce the color of protein-containing compositions (Table 4). For the antioxidant screen, a total volume of 40 ml of culture medium was prepared by mixing 1 part basal medium 1 and 0.3 parts feed medium 2, reflecting the representative ratios of culture media used in cell culture conditions (Table 5). A mixture of medium 1 and medium 2 has previously been shown to increase the color intensity of antibody-containing solutions when used to culture antibody-producing cells. The mixture of medium 1 and medium 2 was supplemented with one of 30 antioxidant compounds and spiked with 2 g/L IgG1 monoclonal antibody. The samples were cultured at 37°C with shaking at 250 rpm for five days. Two control samples were included in the screening assay: 1) a 40 mL sample of a mixture of Medium 1 and Medium 2 containing 2 g/L IgG1 monoclonal antibody, incubated at 37°C with shaking at 250 rpm for 5 days in the absence of antioxidants (positive control); and 2) a 40 mL sample of a medium mixture prepared by mixing 1 part Basal Medium 3 with 0.3 parts Feed Medium 4 (Table 5) (this mixture has previously been shown to reduce the color intensity of antibody-containing solutions when used to culture antibody-producing cells), spiked with 2 g/L IgG1 monoclonal antibody, and incubated at 37°C with shaking at 250 rpm for 5 days in the absence of antioxidants (negative control).
表4、基于颜色降低所筛选的代表性化合物Table 4. Representative compounds screened based on color reduction
1X 测试浓度表示培养基中的最终浓度1X test concentration represents the final concentration in culture medium
孵育后,使用亲和色谱纯化单克隆抗体。使用其中较高的数值表示较高的色强度而较低的数值表示较低的颜色强度的测定法,测定在纯化池中的浓缩抗体组合物的颜色强度。数值结果相对于阳性对照标准化,其中阳性对照的值设定为0%的颜色强度变化。在测试的30种抗氧化剂化合物中,发现几种化合物,例如龙胆酸、半胱胺、氢化可的松和巯基丙酰基甘氨酸,增加抗体组合物的颜色(图1)。相比较而言,发现六种化合物例如亚牛磺酸、鹅肌肽、丁基化羟基苯甲醚、肌肽、硫辛酸和槲皮苷水合物,降低抗体组合物的颜色(图2)。在降低颜色强度的抗氧化剂中,亚牛磺酸显示出最大的效果,将含有抗体的组合物的颜色强度降低了大约25%。牛磺酸作为亚牛磺酸的类似物,也使颜色强度大约降低5%。After incubation, the monoclonal antibodies were purified using affinity chromatography. The color intensity of the concentrated antibody compositions in the purification pool was determined using an assay in which a higher numerical value represents a higher color intensity and a lower numerical value represents a lower color intensity. The numerical results were standardized relative to a positive control, where the value of the positive control was set to a color intensity change of 0%. Among the 30 antioxidant compounds tested, several compounds, such as gentisic acid, cysteamine, hydrocortisone, and mercaptopropionylglycine, were found to increase the color of the antibody compositions (Figure 1). In comparison, six compounds, such as hypotaurine, anserine, butylated hydroxyanisole, carnosine, lipoic acid, and quercetin hydrate, were found to reduce the color of the antibody compositions (Figure 2). Among the antioxidants that reduced color intensity, hypotaurine showed the greatest effect, reducing the color intensity of the composition containing the antibody by approximately 25%. Taurine, an analog of hypotaurine, also reduced color intensity by approximately 5%.
表5、在测试的培养基组合物中的代表性组分Table 5. Representative components in the tested media compositions
a 铁源是硫酸亚铁 a Iron source is ferrous sulfate
b 铁源是柠檬酸铁 b Iron source is ferric citrate
实施例2:表征能够降低从抗体生产细胞系分离的抗体组合物的颜色强度的抗氧化剂化合物Example 2: Characterization of antioxidant compounds capable of reducing the color intensity of antibody compositions isolated from antibody-producing cell lines
评价亚牛磺酸降低直接从细胞培养物获得的含抗体组合物的颜色强度的能力。对于这些研究,利用摇瓶细胞培养模型,该模型被发现可以代表较大规模的2L细胞培养。简单地说,对于摇瓶细胞培养模型,将生产抗体的CHO细胞以约1.0×106个细胞/mL接种到含有100mL基础培养基1或基础培养基3的250mL烧瓶中。对于较大规模的2L细胞培养,将生产抗体的CHO细胞以约1.0×106个细胞/mL接种到含1L基础培养基1或基础培养基3的2-升带搅拌的生物反应器(Applikon,Foster City,CA)中。对于较大规模的细胞生长模型,细胞以补料分批模式培养,其中在第3、6和9天,如果在基础培养基1中培养则向每升细胞培养液中加入100mL补料培养基2,或者如果在基础培养基3中培养则加入100mL补料培养基4,从而起始生产期。对于摇瓶细胞培养模型,细胞以补料分批模式培养,其中在第3、6和9天,如果在基础培养基1中培养则向每升细胞培养液中加入10mL补料培养基2,或者如果在基础培养基3中培养则加入10mL补料培养基4,从而起始生产期。每天分析葡萄糖的浓度,如果葡萄糖浓度降至低于3g/L,就从500g/L葡萄糖储备溶液中补充葡萄糖以防止它耗尽。反应器配备有经校准的溶解氧,pH和温度探测器。溶解氧通过喷入空气和/或氧气来在线控制。对于较大规模2L细胞培养,pH通过添加CO2或Na2CO3来控制并且根据需要向培养物中加入消泡剂。从第0至3天,将细胞培养物保持在pH 7.0和37℃的温度,然后第3天后保持在35℃。以275rpm搅拌细胞培养物并使溶解氧水平为空气饱和度的30%。对于摇瓶细胞培养,在5%CO2培养箱中,将培养物放在摇床平台上并以150rpm搅拌,在细胞培养周期的第0天到第3天,温度为37℃而在第4天温度转变为35℃直到14天的细胞培养周期结束。利用来自AdvancedInstruments(Norwood,mA)的渗压计监测渗透压。也使用Nova Bioprofile 400(NovaBiomedical,Waltham,mA)每天测定离线pH值和代谢物浓度。使用自动细胞计数器(Beckman Coulter,Fullerton,CA)每日测量存活细胞密度(VCC)和细胞活力。每天离心1mL的细胞培养液来收集细胞培养液用于使用高效液相色谱测定抗体滴度。在第14天细胞培养持续期结束时,通过离心收集所有样品的细胞培养液。使用亲和色谱纯化在所收集的细胞培养液中的单克隆抗体。使用其中较高的数值表示较高的色强度和较低的数值表示较低的颜色强度的测定法,在纯化池中测量浓缩的抗体组合物的颜色强度。无论所用培养基如何,在较大规模(2升)和摇瓶(SF)细胞培养模型之间,由VCC量度的生长(图3A)和细胞活力(图3B)相当。抗体生产在摇瓶细胞培养模型中稍低,在培养基1和培养基2中孵育的较大规模细胞培养模型中观察到最高的抗体生产(图3C)。相比于在培养基1和培养基2中培养时从摇瓶细胞培养组合物获得的抗体组合物(具有2.25的值),在培养基3和培养基4中培养时从摇瓶细胞培养模型获得的抗体组合物的颜色强度较低,其值为1.07。这些实验确立了摇瓶模型与2L细胞培养模型相当并且适用于随后的实验。The ability of hypotaurine to reduce the color intensity of antibody-containing compositions obtained directly from cell culture was evaluated. For these studies, a shake flask cell culture model was utilized, which was found to be representative of larger-scale 2L cell cultures. Briefly, for the shake flask cell culture model, the CHO cells producing the antibodies were seeded with approximately 1.0 × 10 cells/mL into a 250mL flask containing 100mL basal medium 1 or basal medium 3. For larger-scale 2L cell cultures, the CHO cells producing the antibodies were seeded with approximately 1.0 × 10 cells/mL into a 2-liter stirred bioreactor (Applikon, Foster City, CA) containing 1L basal medium 1 or basal medium 3. For larger-scale cell growth models, cells were cultured in a fed-batch mode, wherein on days 3, 6, and 9, 100mL of feed medium 2 was added to each liter of cell culture fluid if cultured in basal medium 1, or 100mL of feed medium 4 was added if cultured in basal medium 3 to initiate the production phase. For the shake flask cell culture model, cells were cultured in a fed-batch mode, where on days 3, 6, and 9, 10 mL of feed medium 2 was added per liter of cell culture if cultured in basal medium 1, or 10 mL of feed medium 4 was added if cultured in basal medium 3, to initiate the production phase. Glucose concentration was analyzed daily, and if the glucose concentration dropped below 3 g/L, glucose was replenished from a 500 g/L glucose stock solution to prevent depletion. The reactor was equipped with calibrated dissolved oxygen, pH, and temperature probes. Dissolved oxygen was controlled online by sparging air and/or oxygen. For larger-scale 2 L cell cultures, pH was controlled by adding CO₂ or Na₂CO₃ , and antifoaming agents were added to the culture as needed. From day 0 to day 3, the cell culture was maintained at pH 7.0 and a temperature of 37°C, and then at 35°C after day 3. The cell culture was agitated at 275 rpm and the dissolved oxygen level was maintained at 30% of air saturation. For shake flask cell culture, in 5% CO2 incubator, culture is placed on a shaker platform and stirred at 150rpm, and the temperature is 37 ℃ from day 0 to day 3 of the cell culture cycle and is converted to 35 ℃ on day 4 until the end of the 14-day cell culture cycle. The osmotic pressure is monitored using an osmometer from Advanced Instruments (Norwood, mA). Nova Bioprofile 400 (Nova Biomedical, Waltham, mA) is also used to measure offline pH and metabolite concentration every day. An automatic cell counter (Beckman Coulter, Fullerton, CA) is used to measure viable cell density (VCC) and cell viability every day. 1mL of cell culture fluid is centrifuged every day to collect cell culture fluid for use in high performance liquid chromatography to determine antibody titers. At the end of the 14th day cell culture duration, the cell culture fluid of all samples is collected by centrifugation. The monoclonal antibodies in the collected cell culture fluid are purified using affinity chromatography. The color intensity of the antibody composition of concentration was measured in the purification pool using the assay method of the higher color intensity and the lower color intensity of the higher numerical value. No matter how the culture medium is used, between larger-scale (2 liters) and shake flask (SF) cell culture model, the growth (Fig. 3 A) and cell viability (Fig. 3 B) measured by VCC are suitable. Antibody production is slightly lower in shake flask cell culture model, and the highest antibody production (Fig. 3 C) is observed in the larger-scale cell culture model hatched in culture medium 1 and culture medium 2. Compared to the antibody composition (with a value of 2.25) obtained from shake flask cell culture composition when cultivated in culture medium 1 and culture medium 2, the color intensity of the antibody composition obtained from shake flask cell culture model when cultivated in culture medium 3 and culture medium 4 is lower, and its value is 1.07. These experiments have established that shake flask model is suitable with 2L cell culture model and is applicable to subsequent experiments.
对于用补充有抗氧化剂亚牛磺酸的细胞培养基组合物进行的实验,将生产抗体的CHO细胞以约1.0×106个细胞/mL接种到含有100mL基础培养基1的250mL烧瓶中。培养基1补充有9.16mM(100%),4.58mM(50%)或2.29mM(25%)亚牛磺酸,以用于在第0天的细胞培养。以补料-分批模式培养细胞,其中在第3、6和9天向每升细胞培养液中加入10mL补料培养基2,用于起始生产期。额外的实验样品涉及在细胞培养期间增量加入9.16mM亚牛磺酸。具体地讲,在细胞培养的第0天在基础培养基1中加入2.29mM(25%)亚牛磺酸,并且在第3天、第6天和第9天在补料培养基2中加入25%亚牛磺酸。通过在没有亚牛磺酸补充的培养基1和2中培养细胞,包括阳性对照。通过在没有亚牛磺酸补充的培养基3和4中培养细胞,包括阴性对照。如上所述,每天分析葡萄糖的浓度,如果葡萄糖浓度降至低于3g/L,就从500g/L葡萄糖储备溶液中补充葡萄糖以防止它耗尽。从第0至3天,将细胞培养物保持在pH 7.0和37℃的温度,然后第3天后保持在35℃。以275rpm搅拌细胞培养物并使溶解氧水平为空气饱和度的30%。使用自动细胞计数器(Beckman Coulter,Fullerton,CA)每日测量VCC和细胞活力。每天离心1mL的细胞培养液来收集细胞培养液用于使用高效液相色谱测定抗体滴度。在第14天细胞培养持续期结束时,通过离心收集所有样品的细胞培养液。使用亲和色谱纯化在所收集的细胞培养液中的单克隆抗体。使用其中较高的数值表示较高的色强度和较低的数值表示较低的颜色强度的测定法,在纯化池中测量浓缩的抗体组合物的颜色强度。数值结果相对于阳性对照标准化,其中阳性对照的值设定为0%的颜色强度变化。在测试的所有细胞培养物中,由VCC测量的生长(图4A)和细胞活力(图4B)相当。此外,除了增量加入亚牛磺酸外,在补充有亚牛磺酸的培养基中培养的细胞培养物与在不含有亚牛磺酸的培养基中培养的细胞培养物产生相同水平的抗体滴度(图4C)。利用较高浓度的亚牛磺酸,发现颜色强度降低,在含有9.16mM亚牛磺酸的培养基中观察到最大的降低(图5)。在第1天以浓注方式添加亚牛磺酸而非在细胞培养孵育过程递增添加时,这种颜色强度的降低是最佳的。从细胞培养实验和孵育实验(参见实施例1)获得的颜色强度值的比较证明,孵育筛选实验的结果(图5,空心圆)与来自细胞培养实验的结果(图5,实心圆)充分相关。For experiments with cell culture medium compositions supplemented with the antioxidant hypotaurine, antibody-producing CHO cells were seeded at approximately 1.0×10 6 cells/mL into 250 mL flasks containing 100 mL of basal medium 1. Medium 1 was supplemented with 9.16 mM (100%), 4.58 mM (50%), or 2.29 mM (25%) hypotaurine for cell culture on day 0. Cells were cultured in a fed-batch mode, with 10 mL of feed medium 2 added to each liter of cell culture fluid on days 3, 6, and 9 to initiate the production phase. Additional experimental samples involved the incremental addition of 9.16 mM hypotaurine during cell culture. Specifically, 2.29 mM (25%) hypotaurine was added to basal medium 1 on day 0 of cell culture, and 25% hypotaurine was added to feed medium 2 on days 3, 6, and 9. By culturing cells in medium 1 and 2 without hypotaurine supplementation, including positive controls. By culturing cells in medium 3 and 4 without hypotaurine supplementation, including negative controls. As mentioned above, the concentration of glucose was analyzed every day. If the glucose concentration dropped below 3g/L, glucose was supplemented from a 500g/L glucose stock solution to prevent it from being exhausted. From day 0 to day 3, the cell culture was maintained at a pH of 7.0 and a temperature of 37°C, and then maintained at 35°C after day 3. The cell culture was stirred at 275rpm and the dissolved oxygen level was 30% of air saturation. VCC and cell viability were measured daily using an automated cell counter (Beckman Coulter, Fullerton, CA). 1mL of cell culture fluid was centrifuged every day to collect the cell culture fluid for use in high performance liquid chromatography to determine antibody titers. At the end of the 14th day cell culture duration, the cell culture fluid of all samples was collected by centrifugation. The monoclonal antibodies in the collected cell culture fluid were purified using affinity chromatography. The color intensity of the concentrated antibody compositions was measured in the purification pool using an assay in which a higher numerical value represents a higher color intensity and a lower numerical value represents a lower color intensity. Numerical results were standardized relative to the positive control, where the value of the positive control was set to a color intensity change of 0%. In all cell cultures tested, the growth (Fig. 4A) and cell viability (Fig. 4B) measured by VCC were comparable. In addition, except for the incremental addition of hypotaurine, the cell cultures cultured in the culture medium supplemented with hypotaurine produced the same level of antibody titer (Fig. 4C) as the cell cultures cultured in the culture medium not containing hypotaurine. Utilizing higher concentrations of hypotaurine, it was found that color intensity decreased, with the greatest decrease observed in the culture medium containing 9.16 mM hypotaurine (Fig. 5). This decrease in color intensity was best when hypotaurine was added in a bolus manner on the 1st day rather than when it was added incrementally during the cell culture incubation process. Comparison of the color intensity values obtained from the cell culture experiments and the incubation experiments (see Example 1) demonstrated that the results of the incubation screening experiments (Figure 5, open circles) correlated well with the results from the cell culture experiments (Figure 5, filled circles).
对从在基础培养基3和补料培养基4中收获的细胞培养物分离的抗体组合物进行类似的实验,以确定亚牛磺酸的颜色降低效果是否扩展到其它细胞培养基。简言之,如上所述,将产生抗体的CHO细胞以约1.0×106个细胞/mL接种到含有100mL基础培养基3的250mL烧瓶中。培养基3补充有12.95mM(1X),25.9mM(2X)或38.85mM(3X)亚牛磺酸以用于在第0天的细胞培养。细胞以补料-分批模式培养,其中在第3、6和9天向每升细胞培养液中加入10mL补料培养基4,用于起始生产期。通过在没有亚牛磺酸补充的培养基1和2中培养细胞,包括阳性对照。在5%CO2培养箱中将培养物放在摇床平台上并以150rpm搅拌,在细胞培养周期的第0天到第3天温度为37℃,而在第4天温度转变为35℃直到第14天的细胞培养周期结束。按如上所述测量渗透压、离线pH和代谢物浓度。使用自动细胞计数器(BeckmanCoulter,Fullerton,CA)每日测量VCC和细胞活力。每天离心1mL的细胞培养液来收集细胞培养液用于使用高效液相色谱测定抗体滴度。在第14天细胞培养持续期结束时,通过离心收集所有样品的细胞培养液。使用亲和色谱纯化在所收集的细胞培养液中的单克隆抗体。使用其中较高的数值表示较高的色强度和较低的数值表示较低的颜色强度的测定法,在纯化池中测量浓缩的抗体组合物的颜色强度。数值结果相对于阳性对照标准化,其中阳性对照的值设定为0%的颜色强度变化。发现较高的亚牛磺酸浓度使颜色强度降低,并在含有38.85mM亚牛磺酸的培养基中观察到最大降低(图6)。Similar experiments were performed on antibody compositions isolated from cell cultures harvested in basal medium 3 and feed medium 4 to determine whether the color reduction effect of hypotaurine extends to other cell culture media. Briefly, as described above, antibody-producing CHO cells were seeded at approximately 1.0 × 10 cells/mL into a 250 mL flask containing 100 mL basal medium 3. Medium 3 was supplemented with 12.95 mM (1X), 25.9 mM (2X), or 38.85 mM (3X) hypotaurine for cell culture on day 0. Cells were cultured in a fed-batch mode, with 10 mL of feed medium 4 added to each liter of cell culture fluid on days 3, 6, and 9 for the initial production phase. Positive controls were included by culturing cells in medium 1 and 2 without hypotaurine supplementation. The cultures were placed on a shaking platform and stirred at 150 rpm in a 5% CO2 incubator with a temperature of 37°C from day 0 to day 3 of the cell culture cycle, and on day 4 the temperature was shifted to 35°C until the end of the cell culture cycle on day 14. Osmolality, offline pH, and metabolite concentrations were measured as described above. VCC and cell viability were measured daily using an automated cell counter (Beckman Coulter, Fullerton, CA). 1 mL of cell culture fluid was centrifuged daily to collect the cell culture fluid for use in high performance liquid chromatography to determine antibody titers. At the end of the cell culture period on day 14, the cell culture fluid of all samples was collected by centrifugation. The monoclonal antibodies in the collected cell culture fluid were purified using affinity chromatography. The color intensity of the concentrated antibody composition was measured in the purification pool using an assay in which a higher numerical value represents a higher color intensity and a lower numerical value represents a lower color intensity. The numerical results were standardized relative to the positive control, in which the value of the positive control was set to a color intensity change of 0%. Higher hypotaurine concentrations were found to reduce color intensity, with the greatest reduction observed in the medium containing 38.85 mM hypotaurine ( FIG. 6 ).
实施例3:表征亚牛磺酸类似物对从抗体生产细胞系分离的抗体组合物的颜色的降低。Example 3: Characterization of Hypotaurine Analogs for the Reduction of Color of Antibody Compositions Isolated from Antibody-Producing Cell Lines.
测试牛磺酸类似物以评估它们是否对含抗体的组合物表现出颜色降低效果。将生产抗体的CHO细胞以约1.0×106个细胞/mL接种到2升带搅拌的生物反应器(Applikon,Foster City,CA)中,其中含有补充了12.95mM亚牛磺酸或10mM羟甲基半胱氨酸(CAS号638-23-3)的1L基础培养基1。将细胞以补料分批模式培养,其中在第3、6和9天向每升细胞培养液加入100mL补料培养基2,用于起始生产期。通过在没有亚牛磺酸补充的培养基1和2中培养细胞,包括阳性对照。每天分析葡萄糖的浓度,如果葡萄糖浓度降至低于2g/L,就从1.5g/L葡萄糖储备溶液中补充葡萄糖以防止它耗尽。反应器配备有经校准的溶解氧,pH和温度探测器。溶解氧通过吹入空气和/或氧气来在线控制。pH通过添加CO2或Na2CO3来控制并且根据需要向培养物中加入消泡剂。从第0至3天,将细胞培养物保持在pH 7.0和37℃的温度,然后第3天后保持在35℃。以275rpm搅拌细胞培养物并使溶解氧水平为空气饱和度的30%。利用来自Advanced Instruments(Norwood,mA)的渗压计监测渗透压。也使用Nova Bioprofile400(Nova Biomedical,Waltham,mA)每天测定离线pH值和代谢物浓度。使用自动细胞计数器(Beckman Coulter,Fullerton,CA)每日测量VCC和细胞活力。每天离心1mL的细胞培养液来收集细胞培养液用于使用高效液相色谱测定抗体滴度。在第14天细胞培养持续期结束时,当培养物中的蛋白质的量是约2-10g/L时,通过离心收集所有样品的细胞培养液。使用蛋白A亲和色谱纯化在所收集的细胞培养液中的单克隆抗体。使用AmiconCentricon离心过滤装置(Millipore Corporation,Billerica,mA)将蛋白质A池浓缩到150g/L。使用其中较高的数值表示较高的色强度和较低的数值表示较低的颜色强度的两种不同测定法,在浓缩蛋白质A池中测量浓缩的抗体组合物的颜色强度。在测试的所有细胞培养物中,由VCC测量的生长(图7A)和细胞活力(图7B)相当。在补充有亚牛磺酸或羧甲基半胱氨酸的培养基中培养的细胞培养物产生相当水平的抗体滴度(图8)。使用特定的颜色测定法,发现当将生产抗体的细胞分别在补充有亚牛磺酸和羧甲基半胱氨酸的培养基中培养时,分离的抗体组合物的颜色强度分别降低了27%和13%(图9A)。这一颜色强度降低通过使用第二颜色测定法确认,其中检测到从分别补充有亚牛磺酸和羧甲基半胱氨酸的培养基培养的细胞分离的抗体组合物的颜色强度降低约17%和13%(图9B)。Taurine analogs were tested to assess whether they exhibited a color-reducing effect on antibody-containing compositions. Antibody-producing CHO cells were inoculated at approximately 1.0×10 6 cells/mL into a 2-liter stirred bioreactor (Applikon, Foster City, CA) containing 1 L of basal medium 1 supplemented with 12.95 mM hypotaurine or 10 mM hydroxymethylcysteine (CAS No. 638-23-3). The cells were cultured in a fed-batch mode, with 100 mL of feed medium 2 added to each liter of cell culture fluid on days 3, 6, and 9 for the initial production phase. A positive control was included by culturing cells in medium 1 and 2 without hypotaurine supplementation. Glucose concentrations were analyzed daily and, if the glucose concentration dropped below 2 g/L, glucose was supplemented from a 1.5 g/L glucose stock solution to prevent it from being depleted. The reactor was equipped with calibrated dissolved oxygen, pH, and temperature probes. Dissolved oxygen was controlled online by bubbling air and/or oxygen. pH is controlled by adding CO 2 or Na 2 CO 3 and defoamer is added to the culture as needed. From the 0th to the 3rd day, the cell culture was maintained at a temperature of pH 7.0 and 37 ℃, and then maintained at 35 ℃ after the 3rd day. The cell culture was stirred at 275rpm and the dissolved oxygen level was 30% of air saturation. The osmometer from Advanced Instruments (Norwood, mA) was used to monitor osmotic pressure. Nova Bioprofile 400 (Nova Biomedical, Waltham, mA) was also used to measure offline pH value and metabolite concentration every day. Automatic cell counter (Beckman Coulter, Fullerton, CA) was used to measure VCC and cell viability every day. The cell culture fluid of 1mL was centrifuged every day to collect the cell culture fluid for use in high performance liquid chromatography to determine antibody titer. At the end of the 14th day cell culture duration, when the amount of protein in the culture was about 2-10g/L, the cell culture fluid of all samples was collected by centrifugation. Use protein A affinity chromatography to purify the monoclonal antibody in the collected cell culture fluid.Use Amicon Centricon centrifugal filter unit (Millipore Corporation, Billerica, mA) that protein A pond is concentrated to 150g/L.Use two different determination methods that wherein higher numerical value represents higher color intensity and lower numerical value represents lower color intensity, the color intensity of concentrated antibody composition is measured in concentrated protein A pond.In all cell cultures tested, the growth (Fig. 7 A) and cell viability (Fig. 7 B) measured by VCC are suitable.The cell culture cultivated in the substratum supplemented with hypotaurine or carboxymethylcysteine produces the antibody titer (Fig. 8) of comparable level.Use specific color determination method, find that when the cell of producing antibody is cultivated in the substratum supplemented with hypotaurine and carboxymethylcysteine respectively, the color intensity of the antibody composition separated has reduced by 27% and 13% (Fig. 9 A) respectively. This reduction in color intensity was confirmed by using a secondary color assay, in which approximately 17% and 13% reductions in color intensity were detected for antibody compositions isolated from cells cultured in media supplemented with hypotaurine and carboxymethylcysteine, respectively ( FIG. 9B ).
实施例4:表征氨基胍对从抗体生产细胞系分离的抗体组合物的颜色的降低。Example 4: Characterization of the effect of aminoguanidine on the reduction of color of an antibody composition isolated from an antibody-producing cell line.
为了鉴定在抗体组合物中减少并在细胞培养条件下工作的化合物,在无细胞培养基中进行筛选试验。选择牛磺酸、肌肽和氨基胍用于筛选。这些化合物以1.2g/L(牛磺酸),13.6g/L(肌肽)和27.2g/L(盐酸氨基胍)的浓度溶解在25mL培养基中。调整pH到6.8至7.2的范围并以Steriflip过滤器件除菌过滤(Millipore,Billerica,mA)后,将溶液在50mL的配备TubeSpin盖(TPP Techno Plastic Products AG,Trasadingen,Switzerland)的Falcon管(BD Biosciences,San Jose,CA)中孵育。在37℃和250rpm,不避光,将CHO细胞在控制湿度的细胞培养孵育器中培养7天,以产生单克隆抗体。In order to identify the compound that reduces and works under cell culture conditions in antibody composition, screening test is carried out in cell-free culture medium. Taurine, carnosine and aminoguanidine are selected for screening. These compounds are dissolved in the concentration of 1.2g/L (taurine), 13.6g/L (carnosine) and 27.2g/L (aminoguanidine hydrochloride) in 25mL culture medium. After adjusting pH to the scope of 6.8 to 7.2 and sterilizing filtration (Millipore, Billerica, mA) with Steriflip filter element, solution is hatched in the Falcon tube (BD Biosciences, San Jose, CA) of 50mL equipment TubeSpin cover (TPP Techno Plastic Products AG, Trasadingen, Switzerland). At 37 ℃ and 250rpm, not lucifuge, Chinese hamster ovary celI cells are cultivated 7 days in the cell culture incubator of control humidity, to produce monoclonal antibody.
在收获的细胞培养液(HCCF)和孵育肉汤中的单克隆抗体进一步用亲和色谱纯化。使用其中较高的数值表示较高的色强度而较低的数值表示较低的颜色强度的测定法,在纯化池中测定浓缩抗体组合物的颜色强度。The monoclonal antibodies in the harvested cell culture fluid (HCCF) and incubation broth were further purified by affinity chromatography. The color intensity of the concentrated antibody composition was determined in the purified pool using an assay where higher values represent higher color intensity and lower values represent lower color intensity.
在含有牛磺酸、肌肽或氨基胍的培养基中生产的抗体的相对颜色强度示于图10。数据表明,氨基胍能够使颜色降低大约71%,并且相对颜色强度值比其中抗体在没有任何葡萄糖下进行孵育的阴性对照的值还要低。The relative color intensity of antibodies produced in medium containing taurine, carnosine, or aminoguanidine is shown in Figure 10. The data show that aminoguanidine can reduce the color by approximately 71%, and the relative color intensity value is lower than the negative control in which the antibody was incubated without any glucose.
Claims (24)
Applications Claiming Priority (3)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| US201361799602P | 2013-03-15 | 2013-03-15 | |
| US61/799,602 | 2013-03-15 | ||
| PCT/US2014/029772 WO2014145098A1 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2014-03-14 | Cell culture compositions with antioxidants and methods for polypeptide production |
Publications (2)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| HK1218141A1 HK1218141A1 (en) | 2017-02-03 |
| HK1218141B true HK1218141B (en) | 2021-02-19 |
Family
ID=
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| JP6843911B2 (en) | Cell culture compositions containing antioxidants and methods for polypeptide production | |
| JP7323272B2 (en) | Cell culture compositions and methods for polypeptide production | |
| JP2019501920A (en) | Use of tryptophan derivatives for protein formulations | |
| CN102257131A (en) | Feed additives for mammalian cell culture and methods of use | |
| HK1218141B (en) | Cell culture compositions with antioxidants and methods for polypeptide production | |
| HK40023227A (en) | Cell culture compositions with antioxidants and methods for polypeptide production | |
| NZ751400B2 (en) | Cell culture compositions with antioxidants and methods for polypeptide production | |
| NZ712315B2 (en) | Cell culture compositions with antioxidants and methods for polypeptide production |